Author: Nik Ranger

Randy Orton reveals he got through career-threatening injury by playing a lot of Elden Ring WWE.com/ FromSoftwareWWE wrestler Randy Orton revealed that he has put in hundreds of hours in Elden Ring while recovering from surgery. Orton opened up about his love for the game in an episode of the What Do You Wann Talk About podcast with fellow entertainer Cody Rhodes. The two got on the topic of gaming by discussing John Cena’s inclusion in Mortal Kombat 1 as Peacemaker. Orton said that he’s still a “gamer” despite his busy schedule as a wrestler and has put in around 600 hours into Elden Ring. He explained that he had a lot of free time to play the game after its release in early 2022 as he was recovering from spinal fusion surgery. The WWE star was away from the sport for 18 months due to the operation and required recovery period. He said he has continued to grind in the FromSoftware title, especially with the new Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. “I get lost in it. The kids go to sleep, I’ll give the wife the iPad and say ‘Hey, buy stuff on Amazon.’ And I’ll just play. It’s like Christmas every day at my house,” Orton said. Elden Ring can take over 100 hours to finish if you tackle every side boss and strive to complete the entire game. So, Orton likely played through the game more than once while in recovery and since his return to the ring. Orton’s love of the Elden Ring is well-documented. He has posted on social media about his playthroughs and reportedly paid someone to level up his character after struggling in the early parts of the game. With this new reveal, however, the wrestler must have gotten the hang of the early parts of the game or is spending ungodly amounts of money for other people to level up his characters for every playthrough. Elden Ring has continued to be popular years after its release thanks to the infusion of DLC in early 2024 and Kai Cenat’s marathon streams of the game.

PewDiePie explains how Elden Ring fixes Dark Souls’ “biggest problems” YouTube: PewDiePie / FromSoftwarePopular YouTuber PewDiePie gave his review of Elden Ring and called it one of the best games he’s played in a long time. The Swedish star also explained how it fixes issues in Dark Souls and Bloodborne. After a week worth of live streams, Felix ‘PewDiePie‘ Kjellberg gave his final take on Elden Ring after defeating the open-world RPG in front of thousands of viewers. The creator had high praise for the title and explained how FromSoftware was able to create a game better than Dark Souls and Bloodborne. PewDiePie gives his review on Elden Ring The popular YouTuber managed to reach the final boss in Elden Ring during his March 6 stream. After defeating the notoriously difficult battle, Kjellberg was left speechless. Once the credits begin to roll, the 32-year-old finally broke his silence and exclaimed, “Wow, wow, wow. What a game. Best game I’ve played in a long long time!” He further opened up about his thoughts after viewers asked him for his overall review. Responding to fans, Pewds explained why Elden Ring was his favorite Souls game. “I think this is my favorite Souls game. I think the open-world is what the Dark Souls games have been missing. In Elden Ring, you feel more immersed in the world because you can see it, and then understand the scope of it,” PewDiePie said. The YouTuber then broke down how Elden Ring’s design fixed Dark Soul’s flaws: “In Dark Souls you tend to teleport around a lot and it doesn’t make sense. And in Elden Ring, if you do get stuck on a boss, you can re-think and go somewhere else. There is a ton of optional areas you can go to level up. It’s just what Dark Souls needed.” https://streamable.com/9iws5g While Elden Ring has received criticism from some as being too difficult, PewDiePie doesn’t fully agree as he believes the exploration elements give players a chance to become stronger. The creator loved the game so much that he told fans he was planning on beating it all over again using in the New Game Plus mode.

One of the Elden Ring DLC’s new weapons is a Monster Hunter Easter egg FromSoftware/CapcomOne of Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree’s new weapons is secretly an Easter egg that celebrates the Monster Hunter franchise. Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC has gripped gamers everywhere but its punishing difficulty is grinding some gears. Filtering even Asmongold, the challenge on offer was strangely unexpected. If you’re willing to rise to the occasion, Shadow of the Erdtree has a lot to offer fans of the base game. The eight new weapon types that have blown open build crafting to new heights are a particular stand-out. The best part is, one of these new weapons in Shadow of the Erdtree is a nod to another loveable but difficult franchise. The new Great Katana is a direct homage to Monster Hunter’s iconic Longsword. Initially discovered by X user AsagiKurosagi, Shadow of the Erdtree’s Great Katana’s light combo mirrors a staple string of moves from Monster Hunter’s Longsword. They posted a clip of the two side-by-side and it’s a near-perfect recreation. If that wasn’t enough to convince you, the Great Katana also has its own version of the Longsword’s Fade Slash, a move used to attack and dodge at the same time. Using a Great Katana heavy attack while pressing the dodge input in Elden Ring will trigger the Fade Slash. This is the exact same input as the Fade Slash in Monster Hunter making the connection between the Great Katana and the Longsword that much stronger. Users are even joking about the perceived favoritism of the Longsword in Monster Hunter. “Longsword players get everything,” one player said in reference. “They even got their weapon in a whole different game.” This sneaky Easter egg has us wondering whether any other Monster Hunter references may have crept into Shadow of the Erddtree. Time to take a second look at those Backhand Blades.

One of Elden Ring’s toughest Shadow of the Erdtree bosses beaten with a saxophone FromSoftware/DeDecomposingTwitch streamer DrDeComposing has defeated one of Elden Ring‘s toughest DLC bosses with an electric saxophone. Residing in the Shadow Keep, Messmer the Impaler has been one of the biggest hurdles for Tarnished to jump to reach Shadow of the Erdtree’s final boss, and that’s with traditional gamepad or mouse & keyboard inputs. The use of unconventional controllers added an extra challenge for DrDecomposing, who managed to down Messmer with their sax in less than 10 attempts. The streamer’s winning attempt was a close call, and they erupted with excitement once the feat was completed. “Let’s go! Less than 10 tries baby. Is that right? Less than 10 tries? Come on now!”, they exclaimed, upon landing the final hit against the Shadow Keep’s warden. Amazingly, DrDeComposing has since gone on to vanquish Shadow of the Erdtree’s final boss in the same manner. In a post on Twitter/X, the creator said: “My face after beating the final boss of the Elden Ring DLC after only a dozen attempts – all on an electric saxophone. Posting the full unredacted clip on Monday.” Shadow of the Erdtree’s final boss, Promised Consort Radahn, has been the cause of substantial discourse among the Elden Ring community, with a lot of players having criticized the finale as “unfun”. Specifically, players have singled out the encounter’s second phase as being hard to parse due to visual clutter. DrDeComposing isn’t the first Twitch streamer to use unorthodox controllers to explore the Land of Shadow. Perrikaryal bested the Divine Beast Dancing Lion using a combination of EEG and eye-movement tracking. If you’re having trouble beating Messmer or the Dancing Lion, check out our guides. Alternatively, make sure you haven’t missed any of the bosses found in Shadow of the Erdtree.

Nightmare fuel Elden Ring bug lets players cosplay as Marionette Soldier FromSoftwareElden Ring players have discovered a hilarious bug that morphs their character into a biological nightmare, mimicking one of the foes in the game. A clip of the visual anomaly was shared on Reddit under the caption “Um…I don’t think that’s right,” and depicts the player’s avatar engaged in what’s best described as spineless dancing. Wielding the Dancing Blade of Ranah, a new weapon introduced in Shadow of the Erdtree, the user’s Tarnished appears to split their spinal column, moving their upper torso and limbs independently of their lower extremities. Responses have likened the attack animations to that of Elden Ring’s Marionette Soldier enemy, which behaves in a similarly erratic manner. “Finally, Marionetter Soldier cosplay,” joked one reply, while others likened the almost balletic movements to the Flexile Sentry and Dancer of the Boreal Valley from Dark Souls II and Dark Souls III, respectively. “That’s how I feel the attack combos of bosses are in the DLC,” quipped another, referring to the fact that several bosses – Messmer the Impaler and Rellana, to name two – found in Shadow of the Erdtree’s Shadow Realm move with a cadence far beyond that possible for the player. Want to recreate the bug for yourself? Well, according to OP, it is repeatable, albeit not reliably. “Literally all I did was use the Ash or War while walking forward, and then just turned around”, they specified, though admitted recreating it for footage took a few attempts. It’s not clear if Dancing Blade of Ranah is required to perform the quirky glitch, but players can find the weapon for themselves by visiting the Southern Nameless Mausoleum and defeating the Dancer of Ranah there. Before making the journey, though, it’s probably a good idea to boost your Scadutree Blessing level. The feature is a core component of Shadow of the Erdtree and can make your life in the Shadow Lands much easier.

New weapon types in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree: Odachi, martial arts, more FromSoftware/Bandai NamcoThe upcoming Shadow of the Erdtree DLC for Elden Ring is set to feature a number of new weapon types for Tarnished to get their hands on. Shadow of the Erdtree is undoubtedly one of the most anticipated releases of 2024. It’s set to include a new area that will be bigger than Limgrave, as well as introduce eight fresh weapons for players to use in combat. Thanks to the recent previews, we now have details about every new weapon type in the Elden Ring DLC. So, this is everything we know about the new weapons in Shadow of the Erdtree. Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree DLC’s 8 new weapon types In an interview with Famitsu, Miyazaki gave fans of Elden Ring’s combat a lot to get excited about. “There are eight new weapon types added. Of course, there are additions to existing weapon types as well,” he said. Beyond that interview, a recent string of previews for influencers and media have revealed those Miyazaki did not mention. The list of every new weapon type coming to Shadow of the Erdtree is as follows: Great Katanas: Odachi Described by Miyazaki as “fairly classic large Japanese katanas”, the Odachi coming to Elden Ring sound as if they’ll function as a sort of greatsword variant to Katanas. While we do have Yura’s Nagikiba in the base game which is much larger than other Katana’s in Elden Ring, it doesn’t have its own classification like these new swords. This is good news for players who love the aesthetics and built-in bleed of Katanas but want a bit more oomph. Hopefully, that extra size translates to more Poise damage. Duelling Shields Another of the eight new weapon types in Elden Ring’s DLC is what Miyazaki has called “Duelling Shields”. This new weapon type actually appears in the trailer and can be seen in action during a fight with Messmer the Impaler. They look like an elongated rectangular shield with two blades protruding from either end, similar to the popular Twinblade weapon type. Apparently, the weapon will have offensive and defensive capabilities, which sounds like a no-brainer. Reverse Hand Swords There’s some dispute around the translation for this particular weapon, which has been referred to as both ‘Gyakute ken’ and ‘Sakatemochi’. What isn’t in question is their function. These Reverse Hand or Reverse Grip swords are held so that the blades extend outward towards the elbow. They can be seen in action during the trailer and look to have a combat style that will require some Dexterity to wield. Throwing Daggers Yes, you can already craft certain throwable knives but from what Miyazaki has described, the Throwing Daggers will be a brand-new weapon that can be permanently equipped. Apparently, they “change all attacks into throws”. Like some of the other weapon types Miyazaki mentioned, they can be seen in the trailer when a tarnished hurls them at an enemy repeatedly. Another new weapon that looks to be Dexterity-focused. Martial Arts One of the most exciting new weapons in Elden Ring DLC that has been confirmed by Miyazaki is Martial Arts. While not technically a weapon, they will make your Tarnished similar to a monk in other RPGs. Whether or not you need to equip something for this fighting style is yet to be seen but the elaborate spin kick shown in the trailer has been a highlight. Players are already plotting a fisticuff-fueled showdown with Horah Loux. Perfume Bottles Those familiar with the Perfumer enemies in Elden Ring will recognize these. This new weapon allows you to scatter elemental dust all around with no resource limit. You can damage enemies with poison, set them ablaze with fire, or shock them with lightning damage. There may be other elemental types not revealed as of yet and this introduces a new fighting style with a heavy focus on targeting enemy weaknesses. Heavy attacks with the Perfume Bottles scatter the dust in a 360-degree arc around the player making them perfect for dealing with large mobs. Beast Claws Beast Claws are like existing fist and claw weapons in Elden Ring but these new additions give players an entirely different moveset. Footage shown off reveals an incredibly erratic and agile combat pattern that looks incredibly stylish. Their fast attacks make them incredibly useful for proccing status effects like bleed, frostbite, or Scarlet Rot. Though whether any will have access to these naturally remains to be seen. Light Great Swords This variation of Great Swords new to the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC delivers multiple hits with a single button pressed according to content creators like Iron Pineapple. Swift and strong, Light Great Swords offer different stance attacks thanks to their Ash of War. A successful guard counter will deliver three slashes instead of one. However, they may also lack the usual Poise damage of the standard Great Swords. Those are all of the new weapon types in Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. We have also seen a large throwable jar and a rapidly firing crossbow but those appear to be variations on existing weapons. For more Elden Ring content, check out our coverage below: Best early weapons for all builds & where to find them | Best Spirit Ashes ranked | Best starting class | Elden Ring characters guide: All classes explained | How to unlock all endings

All new NPCs in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree & where to find them FromSoftwareElden Ring Shadow of Erdtree introduces various new NPCs to meet on your journey through the Shadow Lands. Here’s every NPC we’ve met so far while traveling through the dark lands of the expansion. NPCs play a crucial role in Elden Ring as well as in the other Souls games. While some NPCs may have small quests, others are much more important to the story, and interacting with them may eventually lead to exclusive rewards and even open up certain endings. For instance, in the base game, Roderika’s quest opens the option to level up Sprit Ashes while Ranni’s questline gives you the opportunity to not just unlock a new ending, but change your adventure entirely. Some players make the mistake of killing NPCs rather than seeing their stories through, this is a very bad idea in Elden Ring as well as in Shadow of the Erdtree. Every new NPC in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree We’ve met a variety of interesting NPCs in Shadow of the Erdtree, here’s some of the colorful characters we’ve encountered so far. Of course, some NPCs have been omitted to prevent heavy spoilers, while there may also be NPCs in the world we’ve not bumped into yet while following the path of Miquella. Needle Knight Leda First Location: Moghwyn Dynasty Mausoleum (Must defeat Mohg, Lord of Blood) Leda is the leader of the Followers of Miquella in the Shadowlands. She is a loyal and devoted servant of the cherubic demigod and is the first NPC you will meet. The first time you meet her is in the Moghwyn Dynasty Mausoleum, the starting point of Shadow of the Erdtree. Later, you will cross paths with her alongside another NPC, Hornsent, near the High Road Cross Site of Grace. You can find it right outside the north exit of Castle Ensis. Leda is full of hope and looks forward to catching up with her idol Miquella, however, it doesn’t take long to notice a darkness about her. Ansbach First Location: Main Gate Cross (Near Belurat Tower Settlement) Ansbach was once the commanding officer of Mohg’s Pureblood Knights. He has grown old now and his thirst for battle and bloodshed has significantly lost its edge. He mourns the passing of his lord Mohg and seeks justice for the Lord of Blood’s murder. Ansbach also has a strained relationship with the other Followers of Miquella due to the demigod’s complicated past with Mohg. Even then, his experience is unmatched and he plays the role of key intelligence officer for the followers of Miquella. He is an important character in the story as he often passes his own insight on the Tarnished’s findings, which you must listen carefully. Additionally, he is intertwined with the questlines of other NPCs as well. You can find him accompanying Moore at the Main Gate Cross outside of the Belurat tower settlement. Redmane Freyja First Location: Three-Path Cross As the name suggests, Freyja is one of the devoted followers of Starscourge Radahn. She was part of the Redmane Knights and her current attire and ideology match with her old customs. She is loyal, devoted, and loves fighting for the thrill. Since the death of Radahn, Freyja has sought a new master who she has found in his half-brother, Miquella. She is one of the NPCs whom you can call for assistance in battle against certain bosses after you have made her acquaintance. You can find her near the Three-Path Cross Site of Grace on the Gravesite Plains. This area is not very far from the initial location where you spawn after interacting with the cocoon in Mohg, Lord of Blood‘s boss arena. Hornsent First Location: Three-Path Cross Hornsent is a local resident of the Shadow Lands. He is a survivor as his family was slain by Messmer’s purges. He too is a loyal follower of Miquella and he believes that the young demigod can fix the problems that have plagued his homeland. He is quite vengeful and extremely resentful towards the Golden Order and all who follow the Guidance of Grace. While he does not care for the Tarnished, he’s prepared to set aside his animosity in the service of Miquella. You can locate him alongside Freyja near the Three-Path Cross Site of Grace. The Dragon Communion Ascetics First Location: Grand Altar of Dragon Communion The Dragon Communion Ascetics are ancient dragon worshippers and servants of Dragonlord Placidusax. For a while, the enclave Priestess has been searching for a worthy warrior, who will assist Igon in defeating the dragons’ most reviled enemy, Bayle the Dread. The Tarnished will receive all forms of support in this quest through Dragon’s Blessings. However, this quest ultimately leads to an exceptionally difficult boss fight. So make sure you’re ready before you face Bayle. Moore First Location: Main Gate Cross This gentle giant serves as the quartermaster to the Followers of Miquella in Shadow of the Erdtree. He is an earnest man who is responsible for collecting supplies and sundries with the help of the Forager Brood – the now-abandoned children of Malenia. You’ll often come across the Forager Brood who will grant you Cookbooks upon interacting. However, you will end up alienating Moore, if you kill one of the children of Malenia by mistake. Moore can be found near the Main Gate Cross Site of Grace and his position does not change even after finishing the main story quest and serves as a merchant for most of the DLC. Dryleaf Dane First Location: Moorth Ruins Father Dane is an expert martial artist who is a member of the religious order known as the Dryleaf Sect. He believes in action, rather than words and makes this clear from the outset. Like many of the other Followers of Miquella, he can play a very important role in the overall plot of Shadow of the Erdtree. He is located near the Moorth Ruins Site of Grace, right after Castle Ensis, along with some of his allies above. The Order of Manus Metyr First Location: Cathedral of Manus Metyr The Order of Manus Metyr is a sect of cosmos worshippers that is led by Count Ymir. He is a Glintstone sorcerer and sits at the Cathedral of Manus Metyr. If you are a magic user, Count Ymir will be one of your most important vendors in the Shadow Lands. His servant Jolan can also join you in battle after the initial part of his quest has been completed. Count Ymir is one of the most important NPCs in Shadow of the Erdtree as his quest has important implications for the plot. It is also a lot more complex than the other quests, which means you should check in on him from time to time or when something significant has happened elsewhere. Thiollier First Location: Pillar Path Cross Thiollier is a disciple of the mysterious St. Trina. He is a timid man and lacks any form of combat prowess. To make up for that, he has vast experience in the study of poisons. He helps his compatriots with all forms of toxic substances that can be used in battle to gain an advantage. You will find him near the Pillar Path Cross Site of Grace. His quest may lead to an audience with the legendary saint herself. St. Trina First Location: Garden of Deep Purple (Must defeat Putrescent Knight) St. Trina was referenced many times during the base game of Elden Ring, but who is this mysterious figure? She’s also synonymous with Trina’s Lily in the Lands Between, giving her something in common with Miquella who also has a lily named after him. Could she be connected to the kindly demigod? Igon First Location: Pillar Path Waypoint A legendary dragonslayer who’s become obsessed with hunting down and killing Bayle the Dread, the archenemy of Dragonlord Placidusax. Based somewhat on Moby Dick’s Captain Ahab, Igon lives for nothing but the hunt of Bayle. However, this aging dragonslayer may not be able to find justice for his lord alone. You’ll meet Igon on as you climb the mountains in the southeast region of the Shadow Lands, and can learn more about him and his quest from the Dragon Communion Ascetics. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands.

New Elden Ring Sorcery ‘breaks’ Shadow of the Erdtree DLC FromSoftware/Bandai NamcoIf you’re struggling with Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC, there’s a new Sorcery that will let you cheese everything. FromSoftware’s expansions are notoriously difficult from Bloodborne’s The Old Hunters to Dark Souls 3’s Ringed City DLC. Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree is no exception with its suite of incredibly tough new bosses. Complaints about this challenge have actually caused Shadow of the Erdtree to drop to a mixed rating on Steam. Discourse on the expansion’s difficulty has seen major streamers like Kai Cenat telling players to “put their big boy pants on”. If you don’t feel like wearing pants or you just want a merciful reprieve from the struggle, one of the DLC’s new Sorceries could be just what you’re looking for. The Impenetrable Thorns Sorcery makes light work of even the toughest foes in Shadow of the Erdtree. A clip shared on X by streamer Scott Jund shows Impenetrable Thorns melting through boss health bars. What makes it even more impressive is that in the various fights, he appears to be a summoned assistant meaning that these enemies have a significantly increased health pool. The Sorcery itself actually requires Faith to use rather than Intelligence with a minimum of 24 in the stat needed to cast it. Interestingly, its damage and Bleed build-up scales with the Arcane stat so some respeccing will likely be needed to bring a build together. Using a Staff that scales with Arcane like the Albanauric’s Staff as a catalyst for Impenetrable Thorns will bolster its effectiveness. The Godfrey Icon Talisman will also see an increase in the spell’s power if you charge it. Impenetrable Thorns can be found in the Shadow Keep Legacy Dungeon. After you pull the lever in the Storehouse and climb the suspended statue, you can walk slowly off the ledge immediately outside and find the Sorcery there. We recommend resting at the Site of Grace in front of Messmer, the Impaler’s boss room first so you don’t have to make the journey twice. Happy spell slinging Tarnished.

All new Crystal Tear locations in Elden Ring DLC & how to get them FromSoftware/Bandai NamcoElden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree introduces a host of new Crystal Tears for your Wonderous Physick. This guide will go over the location of all the new Crystal Tears in Shadow of the Erdtree. The Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree DLC is finally here and we’re all taking our first tentative steps into the Land of Shadow. Following Miquella’s footsteps is no easy task of course and you’ll want to be prepared to face every new challenge. You’ll likely be hunting down all the new weapon types introduced in the game to see what fits your build. One thing you definitely shouldn’t neglect however is the new Crystal Tears in Shadow of the Erdtree. Thanks to their interesting new powers that differ greatly from Elden Ring’s base Crystal Tears, new Wonderous Physick concoctions are sure to be build-defining. We’ve compiled a list of every new Crystal Tear we’ve found in Shadow of the Erdtree as well as some other useful information. How to get new Crystal Tears in Shadow of the Erdtree In the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC, the terrifying Furnace Golems each protect their own Crystal Tear. In the Elden Ring Base Game, Crystal Tears were usually rewarded by defeating the Erdtree Avatars often found near the Minor Erdtrees and these new enemies have replaced them in that fashion. Defeating the Furnace Golems dotted around the Land of Shadows will almost always reward you with a brand new Crystal Tear. These can be used to alter your Mixed Physick in some pretty cool new ways. If you’re not keen on spoiling too much about the Elden Ring DLC, this information should serve as a good starting point for hunting them down. If you’re fine with knowing exactly where they are, below are the locations for every new Crystal Tear we’ve found in Shadow of the Erdtree so far. Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree: Crystal Tear locations So far in our journey, we’ve located six of the new Crystal Tears in Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. We’ve listed every one of them below along with their location and the effect that they generate when you consume your Wonderous Physick. Deflecting Hard Tear location Effect: Enhances spontaneous guard in Mixed Physick. – How to get: Defeat the Furnace Golem southeast of the Three-Path Cross Site of Grace in Gravesite Plain. – This is the very first Furnace Golem you’ll spot when you first set foot on the stunning vista that introduces you to the Land of Shadow. This particular Furnace Golem is a good way to learn how fighting them will work and you’ll want to load up on some Scadutree Blessings if it’s giving you trouble. We have a guide on how to tackle Furnace Golems but the cliff notes for this one are to rely on Torrent so you can use his double jump to avoid the worst of their massive flame attacks. Oil-Soaked Tear location Effect: Coats nearby enemies with oil in Mixed Physick. – How to get: Defeat the Furnace Golem roaming around the Ruins of Unte to the south of the Castle Wateringhole Site of Grace. – The Oil-Soaked Tear is a fantastic tool for players keen on using fire in their build for obvious reasons. Coating enemies in oil will greatly improve the damage of your fire attacks. Acquiring this new Crystal Tear in Shadow of the Erdtree also requires getting to the Lower Scadu Altus area, meaning you’ll have to have made your way through the Shadow Keep. This Legacy Dungeon houses a boss that should be very familiar. Viridian Hidden Tear location Effect: Eliminates all stamina consumption in Mixed Physick. – How to get: Defeat the Furnace Golem splashing about in the water northeast of the Cerulean Coast Site of Grace. – The Viridian Hidden Tear can be useful for allowing more dodge rolls against the many long-winded attack sequences of Shadow of the Erdtree’s major bosses. If stamina is a struggle, this one is worth picking up. You can actually get to the Furnace Golem that keeps it from you relatively early by beelining down the Ellac River. Start in the Gravesite Plain and follow the river south. Crimsonburst Dried Tear location Effect: Steadily restores HP of nearby allies for a time in Mixed Physick. – How to get: Defeat the Furnace Golem stomping about the camp in front of the Shadow Keep in Scadu Altus. – This Crimsonburst Dried Tear is great for getting more value out of your Spirit Ashes or keeping your friends alive during an invasion. Of course, the Furnace Golem fight here can be a headache because Messmer’s soldiers in the nearby camp will join the fray. Luckily, the Furnace Golem isn’t their friend and you can bait it into wiping the soldiers out with its sweeping attacks. Glovewort Crystal Tear location Effect: Improves the capabilities of Spirit Summons in a Mixed Physick. – How to get: Defeat the Furnace Golem northwest of Charo’s Hidden Grave in the southernmost region of the Land of Shadow. – The Glovewart Crystal Tear is handy if you’re not too proud to whip out a Spirit Ash every now and then. For those looking to bolster the effects of Revered Spirit Ashes, this one is worth nabbing. The Furnace Golem itself is a little tricky to deal with because its legs are heavily armored. Use the Great Jars in the surrounding environment to make short work of it. Crimson-Sapping Cracked Tear location Effect: Grant attacks HP-restoring effects in Mixed Physick. – How to get: Defeat the Furnace Golem in the Ancient Ruins of Rauh a little ways north of the Rauh Ancient Ruins, West Site of Grace. – Arguably the toughest of the Furnace Golem fights thanks to the area being intended for Shadow of the Erdtree’s late-game and being appropriately scaled. The Crimson-Sapping Cracked Tear is worth the struggle however because health on hit is a tremendously useful ability. Sorry Malenia’s Great Rune, this one doesn’t rely on Rune Arcs. Those are all the new Crystal Tears we’ve found in Shadow of the Erdtree so far. We’ll be sure to update this guide if we stumble upon any more in our playthrough. If you’re after more help with Shadow of the Erdtree, our guides on the two early-game bosses might be handy. Check out how to defeat the Divine Beast Dancing Lion and Rellana, Twin Moon Knight. If you click on a product link on this page we may earn a small affiliate commission.

Nerfing Radahn in Elden Ring is an annoying betrayal FromSoftwareThe last Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree patch nerfed Radahn, the infamously difficult final boss of the DLC – and that’s not cool. Okay, we need to talk about the Radahn nerf from the 1.14 update that’s made the boss less of a challenge. First of all, I get it, he’s a nightmare. His first stage is hard enough and then Miquella joins the fight making it absolutely bananas. I struggled with it, he cut me to ribbons many times. Let’s not forget that Radahn (with Miquella) is arguably even more challenging than Malenia from the base game, and he’s a contender for the most difficult boss in all of gaming. So, why are you so bothered about the nerf I hear you ask. Well, it comes down to the oldest argument about Souls games in existence, making it easier kills the point of it. The Warrior’s path I pretty much carved my way through the DLC with ease. The early bosses died the first time I saw them, and Messmer the Impaler only got the better of me once before I had his number. I went in with my favorite “main” a well-optimized bleed build who was over level 400. In the base game and in the Colosseum, my guy was a god among mortals. A veteran of the Souls subgenre since 2009’s Demon’s Souls, I invaded other players purely for sport. I also laughed at those who made the mistake of invading me, and I’m not bragging when I tell you I can’t remember the last time another player killed me in PvP. Then I came up against the reborn Radahn at the very end – and I finally met my match. He cut me down to size and made me feel something I hadn’t felt since Malenia. Loss and frustration. But as any Souls veteran will tell you, this is the game. This is why we do it. To be sent packing as unworthy, only to become worthy, come back and prove it. However, with Radahn, no amount of “gittin gud” was working. I came close to killing him a few times, and my “right, I’ll get him next time” mentality slowly faded as I realized something was missing. While I had collected some of the Scadutree Fragments, DLC items that make you stronger, I arrogantly assumed my skill and experience with these games were enough to take down any foe. I had planned to explore the DLC map more, but I wanted this last story boss out of the way first. This was my mistake and the game was punishing me for rushing. Hitting a wall This was a pre-release copy of Shadow of the Erdtree so I was trying to learn as much about the game’s main bosses as I could, which is why I became so focused on Radahn. Oh and if you think the fight is hard now, you should have seen this version of him. Pure hell. Yet, the boss achieved what it was designed to achieve, it sent me away to go find more Scadutree Fragments – which is what I should have done all along. You see, the Scadutree Fragments are scattered all over the map for a reason. Shadow of the Erdtree wants you to take your time and explore. It wants you to understand what’s going on with Miquella and why the Shadowlands are the way they are. There are so many revelations in the DLC and many of them are jaw-dropping. Only after I (temporarily) gave up on Radahn did I get to experience the St. Trina quest or the amazing story that went down in the Cathedral of Manus Metyr. It also allowed me to discover Marika’s childhood village, the truth about Mohg, and slay a dragon alongside Elden Ring’s very own version of Captain Ahab. These were some of the best adventures I’ve ever had in a Souls game, and if I had killed Radahn when I first tried, I would have needed to wait until my next NG+ cycle to experience them or read about them elsewhere rather than discovering them for myself. Only then, did I return to Promised Consort Radahn. Maxed out on Scadutree Fragments, a new katana in my hands, and St. Trina‘s final plea in my ears. Only then did a God die. It’s about the journey, not the destination Okay, he took me three tries, but you get my point. Radahn wasn’t too hard, I just wasn’t ready for him. As ever in the Souls series, the game was completely fair, the fault lay with me. This is why the nerf is a betrayal. If Radahn had been a tiny bit easier I would have killed him sooner and missed out on the best parts of the DLC. Radahn is intended to be a final boss in its truest form, the ultimate challenge and the figure Miquella is literally hiding behind. Radahn is also literally a gatekeeper, and the context of why he (and his manipulative little brother) need to die by your hand isn’t entirely clear until you’ve explored every inch of the Shadowlands. Essentially, if you play the game as it is meant to be played, engage in the whole DLC, and collect the Scadutree Fragments to level up, Radahn isn’t as difficult as people think. It’s about you, not him. Of course, those who rush through the story are going to find him borderline impossible, but that’s on them, and that’s the whole point. It’s also an insult to those who did take the time to learn the lessons that Shadow of the Erdtree is teaching.

Mystery behind Elden Ring’s “friendly dog” solved by YouTuber after 2 years FromSoftware IncAn Elden Ring YouTuber has uncovered the mystery of the game’s “friendly dog” and uncovered how to trigger its animation sequence. There’s a reason dogs often take the top spot when it comes to mobs worth fearing in a Souls game. With quick move sets and small hit boxes, they can be difficult to overcome, especially for unseasoned players. But in Elden Ring there’s one dog with such a mellow disposition it’s earned the nickname of the “friendly dog.” But is it really a good boy? One Souls YouTuber by the name of Zullie the Witch decided to find out once and for all. Elden Ring’s friendly dog is located in Leyndell, and unlike most mobs in Souls games, this dog doesn’t aggro when a player approaches. Leading many to consider the canine an improbable ally, or at the very least, worthy of pats. But why exactly is the “friendly dog” so friendly? The answer lies in the way animation sequences are triggered by a player’s entry into an event area. As the video explains, the dog in Leyndell’s animation sequence requires a player to enter a different zone first, before encountering the dog. If the player enters an area just outside Leyndell’s coliseum and then heads to the location of the friendly dog without reloading, this will trigger it to attack the player as a normal mob would. Exactly why this sequence of events needs to be followed to trigger the dog’s attacks is still a bit of a mystery. The video suggests the explanation could even be something as simple as a typo in the code listing the wrong event area. Regardless of the reasons, players who want to keep Elden Ring’s friendly dog approachable had best avoid heading into Leyndell after exploring the coliseum.

Most Elden Ring players haven’t killed the boss needed to start Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftwareElden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree releases on June 21, 2024. However, based on stats, several players have yet to defeat the boss required to access the DLC. Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree will be strongly linked with one of Marika’s offspring, Miquella. In case you are unaware, Shardbearer Mohg took Miquella away during the Shattering and placed him inside a cocoon, fed him blood, and caused him to mutate into a hideous monster. Mohg wanted to turn Miquella into a God and become his consort in the process by using Blood magic. If you are wondering why all this talk and how to start the DLC, you need to defeat Mohg, Lord of Blood. However, it turns out, that around 62% of the player base is yet to defeat this boss. Based on the stats from Steam, only 38% of the players have defeated him as of June 11, 2024. If the other 62% want to play the DLC on June 21, they have around 10 days to defeat Mohg. The problem is that Mohg is a really difficult boss to fight and you need to prepare yourself before fighting him. Apart from a fully leveled-up weapon, you also need the Purifying Crystal Tear to survive Mohg’s Attack. This item is a reward from Bloody Finger Yura‘s questline. Even reaching Mohg is complicated as you either need to complete White Mask Varre‘s questline or discover a secret portal in the Consecrated Snowfields. Varre’s questline is time-taking and Consecrated Snowfields is an end-game area that can be unlocked much later in the game. This means unless the remaining 62% of players have skipped the boss intentionally, they have a lot of Elden Ring to play in the next 10 days. As it happens, defeating Mohg has its advantages as apart from the DLC, you will also get access to a lot of Runes. Elden Ring can be an accessible game, but if the developers want, they can make it extremely difficult. This means it is better to be prepared beforehand. Defeating Mohg will allow players to level up quite a bit and it will be a good practice before jumping into the DLC.

Mori Calliope’s controller dies at worst possible time during Elden Ring playthrough Mori CalliopeMori Calliope’s Elden Ring playthrough has been going fairly smoothly, but her controller had other plans for the Hololive star. Elden Ring is home to plenty of tough enemies and brutal bosses. In fact, death can come quickly in the Lands Between. This is especially true if you fail to dodge a lethal attack or happen to get greedy with your own attacks. Even the game’s environment itself often posits various traps and dangers that can send Tarnished reeling back to the nearest site of Grace. While the majority of deaths in Elden Ring feel fair, there are times when outside influences can get in the way. Well, this is exactly what happened to Hololive star and popular streamer, Mori Calliope during her Elden Ring stream. Mori Calliope’s Elden Ring playthrough interrupted by controller issues It can be easy to blame your Elden Ring deaths on something else. Maybe an enemy has a particularly nasty teleport grab or a slightly janky hitbox, which can lead to some frustrating moments. Read More: Where to find Sacred Tears in Elden Ring – However, Mori Calliope had another reason to blame for her death in Elden Ring. After encountering one of the game’s colossal Trolls, Mori Calliope decided to run and attempt to get to the nearest Site of Grace. However, after successfully dodging the troll, the VTuber found herself encountering another issue. As if by some cruel twist of fate, the reaper discovered that her controller had died. What followed was frantic screams as she desperately tried to locate the charger. Unfortunately, a soldier from the nearby camp had turned his attention towards her and constantly stabbed her with his spear. Upon returning to her game, Mori Calliope had found that her character had been killed. “I love that the Troll was like nah, it’s fine, I’ll wait for you to charge your controller. But the shieldman behind me was like, yeah, f*cking right, free lunch baby,” she said. Despite being killed in such a frustrating manner, it was clear the Hololive star found this death as funny as her viewers. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides.

MoistCr1TiKal freaks out after wasp attacks him during Elden Ring boss FromSoftware/MoistCr1TiKalYouTuber and streamer MoistCr1TiKal was facing off against a boss in Elden Ring when a wasp began attacking him in real life, sending him into a panic. FromSoftware games are known for their high difficulty gameplay and their latest title Elden Ring is no exception. The title has proven to be quite hard for its massive audience of players and could potentially be their hardest one yet. As a seasoned veteran of their games, MoistCr1TiKal was playing through Elden Ring when something happened IRL that nearly derailed an epic boss fight. MoistCr1TiKal fights off wasp during Elden Ring boss battle MoistCr1TiKal was streaming Elden Ring on March 4 when he attempted to take down the boss, Commander Niall. As Niall’s health bar was nearly in execute range, something completely unexpected happened: the YouTuber was attacked by a wasp in real life. He jumped out of his seat and screamed uncontrollably, “Oh no, not now! There’s a wasp! F**k! Not like this.” As soon as he took down the boss via a final blow, the streamer dropped his controller and ran out of the room at lightning speed. His chat lit up with laughter as he was scared out of his mind by the thought of getting stung. While there are tons of guides on how to beat Elden Ring bosses, none of them could have prepared him for a battle both in the game and in real life. When he returned to his desk he said that wasps “put the fear of God in you.” Luckily, he wasn’t harmed by the insect and managed to continue streaming afterward.

Miyazaki acknowledges Bloodborne remake demands in wake of Elden Ring DLC reveal FromSoftwareHype for Elden Ring’s DLC is through the roof but that hasn’t deterred fans desperate for a Bloodborne remake. The good news is, Miyazaki hears you. Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC has finally received a trailer and the excitement for more FromSoftware goodness is palpable. The internet is abuzz with speculation and even our own writers think the best is yet to come for the game. Of course, FromSoftware fans are a dedicated bunch and just because there is a shiny new toy, doesn’t mean they’ve forgotten their old ones. Fans of the developer have been asking for a Bloodborne remake for years now. In an interview with Eurogamer, FromSoftware President Hidetaka Miyazaki acknowledged the love for Bloodborne and spoke briefly on how FromSoftware handles remakes. New hardware may be the key to revisiting Yharnam. “It is a title we hold very dear and just as much as our fans,” Miyazaki said when asked about a potential Bloodborne remake. “It does make me very happy to see that there are still so many people passionate about it.” Whether that passion makes a remake feel viable to FromSoftware is as yet unknown. Given Bloodborne was only released on the PlayStation 4 and still holds up incredibly well, it may not feel necessary to the developer. “I think having new hardware is definitely a part of what gives these remakes value,” Miyazaki said. “Things you weren’t able to achieve on previous generations of hardware.” New hardware isn’t the only consideration that Miyazaki makes when considering the viability of a remake though. “I think that accessibility is important. I think that can be the driving force between bringing an old game to a new platform,” he said. Bloodborne’s availability on current-gen hardware and its serviceable fidelity means we might not see a remake until there’s a considerable technical leap. Miyazaki certainly appreciates the love though. “When we see those passionate voices in the community, of course, it makes us feel thrilled, it makes us feel very fortunate to have that and to have those memories,” he finished.

Miquella’s line in the Elden Ring DLC trailer has players sweating FromSoftwareFans of Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree expansion are sweating over a line by Miquella in the final DLC trailer. The much-awaited expansion for Elden Ring, Shadow of the Erdstree arrives June 21 and allows fans to finally jump into a new chapter. This time, the action is set in the Land of Shadow which is a place previously obscured by the Erdtree. The character Miquella will play an important role in the DLC after having escaped his villainous brother Mohg’s clutches and escaped to the Land of Shadow. This is where the Tarnished’s journey picks up, on the trail of Miquella as the demigod goes on a mysterious quest. However, in the official DLC trailer, a final line said by Miquella to the Tarnished where he asks, “Promise me you’ll be my consort” has raised fan’s eyebrows. The line quickly hit players with the realization that Miquella is actually cursed to be forever young and had them sweating on a Reddit post. “No no no. You’ve got it all wrong. He’s actually hundreds of years old. He just looks like (a kid),” one player said. Other players noted that the “loyal blade” line could be a reference to Malenia, leading some to joke that the boss should have the title “Malenia, Blade of Chris Hanson.” In the story, Miquella is an ancient god who just takes the appearance of a child, but that’s not stopped fans from feeling uncomfortable about his use of the term “consort”. Plenty of Elden Ring players noted that Miquella losing “more than his fate” in the DLC would be quite shocking. Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree is now out on all platforms and you can check out our review of the DLC.

Ludwig shocked after YouTube deletes 100 hours of Elden Ring gameplay YouTube: Mogul Mail / FromSoftwarePopular streamer Ludwig was floored after losing over 102 hours worth of Elden Ring gameplay footage. The 26-year-old’s five day stream was deleted by YouTube permanently. To celebrate the release of Elden Ring, former Twitch star Ludwig Ahgren planned a five day stream to beat the new epic developed by FromSoftware. After completing the game for viewers, the Mogul Money creator was stunned when his entire broadcast was deleted. The YouTuber explained how he lost 102 hours of footage. Ludwig’s 100 hour Elden Ring stream deleted The content creator addressed the situation in his February 27 upload titled “YouTube failed me.” In the video, Ahgren explained that the Google-owned platform deletes VODs that go over a certain length of time. “I just did one of the most impressive feats I’ve ever done, I played Elden Ring, and streamed it all until I beat the game. This took me 100+ hours total of uptime and 60 hours on in-game time,” he said. “I have a big big problem. YouTube kind of failed me. The way it works on YouTube is you can stream as long as you want, but if the VOD goes above 12 hours, then it won’t be saved. And my VOD was 102 hours, and none of it was saved.” Ludwig then explained that his backup failed him as well. “My local recording failed. So the only VOD I have of my run is the very beginning and the last boss,” he said. “And all the middle is gone. Forever. It’s kind of a bummer. It’s just a little bit of a bummer. You just find some kinks in the switch every few weeks.” Adding salt to the wound, Ahgren’s Elden Ring stream ended up being his most-viewed YouTube video ever. “It was my most viewed video ever. This stream got over 4 million views,” he stated before asking his fans to send him any footage they may have saved from the 100-hour stream. “This is a call, if anyone out there has any of the VOD and wouldn’t mind, give me some clips, full length whatever it is. I’ll take anything if you want to shoot it over to me like in a Google Drive link or DM me on Twitter. To anyone who’s excited to watch it, I’ll try my best to piece it together. Hopefully, we can recover it.” Ludwig clarified that he didn’t fully blame YouTube as he knew their policy. However, it still hurt to lose his entire Elden Ring playthrough. “I was a bit of dumb a** and have to own that. But dude, it was so many days of my life! And I’m losing all of it!”

Ludwig announces Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree stream to rival Kai Cenat’s Elden Ring/LudwigYouTube star Ludwig has revealed a unique Elden Ring DLC stream with four major rules to make his gameplay even harder. Over two years since its initial release, FromSoftware’s Elden Ring DLC ‘Shadow of the Erdtree‘ has been released to critical acclaim. It’s so popular with critics that it’s shattered the record for highest rated DLC on Metacritic. The DLC has reinvigorated player’s interest in Elden Ring, and some of the biggest streamers on the internet have revealed plans to broadcast their playthrough on their channels. Kai Cenat was among the first to announce his Shadow of the Erdtree stream, and now Ludwig has revealed plans of his own. “Beating Elden Ring DLC in one stream,” he revealed in a post on Twitter/X. “No summons, no magic, no help, no maidens. “See you there.” Fans of Ludwig will be able to tune into his DLC marathon stream on June 21, 2024, at 12pm PT/3pm ET on his YouTube channel. Fans quickly flooded the comments with their thoughts, with many of them hype about the marthon stream. “Leapin luddy strikes again,” said Twitch streamer Squeex. Another said: “Bruh I’m getting my snacks ready to sit my grown a*s at the computer and watch Ludwig’s pain.” “Here we go, i loved your Elden Ring stream from two years ago! Excited to see you play it again,” a third commented. Ludwig’s rules are very similar to the restrictions Kai Cenat set for himself in his marathon where he went for no summons or magic, purely his blade against every boss in front of him. With him and Kai Cenat both doing marathon streams, it’ll be a race to see who can finish first and who’s actually better at Elden Ring. Ludwig played through the original game shortly after launch, spending over 100 hours on the game before finally reaching the end. He had a mishap with the stream VOD being deleted, but it has since been restored to his channel. Shadow of the Erdtree isn’t the only game taking over Twitch in June. Chained Together is a four-player co-op game similar to “Only Up” that launched on Steam and almost immediately blew up in viewers. On launch day, the Twitch category had nearly 200,000 people watching.

Kai Cenat triumphs over Elden Ring DLC as marathon run ends just shy of 100 hours Twitch: KaiCenat / FromSoftwareKai Cenat has done it again. The hugely popular streamer turned FromSoftware superfan has conquered Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC as promised, concluding his marathon run at the 99-hour mark after a brutal multi-day struggle with the final boss. Kai Cenat all but stopped the internet throughout May 2024, as his Elden Ring marathon stream took over social media. Hundreds of thousands of viewers tuned in as the streamer traversed The Lands Between for the very first time, refusing to end his broadcast until the credits rolled. All up, the herculean effort took 166 hours and the grueling experience captivated not only Kai Cenat, but his legion of fans too. In the aftermath, he pledged to marathon stream every other FromSoft title. Meanwhile, others tried to replicate his success to no avail. Atop the list of his future streaming events, however, was one centered on Elden Ring’s first and only expansion, Shadow of the Erdtree. From the day it launched, the Any Means Possible (AMP) member has been leading the game’s category on Twitch, and finally, after another 99 hours of dedication, he’s come out on top. Almost 100 hours after he began, Kai Cenat managed to topple Shadow of the Erdtree’s final boss, Promised Consort Radahn, and then, Radahn, Consort of Miquella. While there are no doubt still other secrets and optional challenges out there, he’s cleared the main path and done so 67 hours quicker than the base game. While he got through much of the expansion without too much hassle, it was the final boss who served as the main roadblock at the tail end of the marathon. Despite reaching this fight at roughly the 50-hour mark, it took almost another 50 hours for the ultimate challenge to be conquered. Not all of this time was spent running into the brick wall on repeat, Kai Cenat wisely ventured out for more upgrades to his build. He even brought in a therapist at one point for some extra support. But even with the stat boosts, all-important Scadutree Fragments uncovered, and the therapy boon, the final fight still took multiple days to execute just right. The second marathon in FromSoft’s open-world epic drove millions of hours of watch time, with an average viewership just shy of 100,000 from start to finish, with over 200,000 filing in for the epic finale on June 25. “We did not f***ing quit. We f***ing did that sh** bro,” Kai yelled after the historic moment. His friends all came into the room singing Queen’s ‘We Are the Champions,’ hoisting him on their shoulders like he had just won a world championship.

Kai Cenat tells Elden Ring players complaining about difficulty to “put their big boy pants on” Twitch: Kai CenatKai Cenat, like most Elden Ring players, has been confronting the horrors FromSoftware has conjured up for the game’s only major expansion. While it hasn’t been immune to criticism since its release on June 21, Shadow of the Erdtree has been showered with praise for delivering a worthy challenge for veteran Tarnished familiar with the Lands Between. Despite its track record of success in delivering uncompromisingly challenging games, though, discourse around the DLC has focused heavily on complaints that Shadow of the Erdtree’s difficulty is overtuned. In a clip shared on X/Twitter, Cenat addressed the hot topic. Responding to the complaint, the streamer quipped “It’s a skill issue,” before encouraging players to “put their big boy pants on,” and “go out there, and go fight.” Cenat further questioned why FromSoftware would create DLC for Elden Ring and not make it more difficult than what’s already available in the base game. “If they went through all that hassle two years ago, why the f**k would they make a DLC for you to breeze past and for you to be done with in a day or two?” Responses to the clip have lauded Cenat’s take. “Exactly, they want the quick fix and none of the work. I’m still stuck on the Twin Moon boss and this game is more than I could have asked for,” read one comment. “Bro came in late to the game is outperforming most people playing this DLC,” quipped another, adding “Almost everyone I know who is struggling is still enjoying this game, so what are people whining about?” Shadow of the Erdtree uses an independent Scadutree Blessing leveling system. This can be increased by finding Scadutree fragments littered around the Shadow Realm which makes a substantial difference in terms of damage dealt and received. With Messmer the Impaler and Rellana lurking in this strange new land, even one Scadutree boost could mean the difference between life and death. Shadow of the Erdtree players may inadvertently make it harder for themselves by not engaging with this system, leading to complaints.

Kai Cenat says nothing compares to Elden Ring after completing the game Twitch: KaiCenatKai Cenat has shared his thoughts on Elden Ring after completing the game in 166 hours during a marathon Twitch stream. The expansive game is known for its difficult boss fights, with Cenat beating Elden Ring following nearly seven days of gameplay and a total of 1,701 deaths under his belt. While tears were shed along the way, Cenat celebrated his victory on stream with screams of joy before finally composing himself and sharing his overall thoughts on the game. Praising Elden Ring’s cinematics, Cenat said that although he had died “multiple times,” the game was “very rewarding.” “I literally enjoyed every boss death,” Cenat stated, admitting he had “never felt something in [his] soul” like the way he had with Elden Ring. He went on to claim no current game could compare; “This is an absolute cinema. From the f****** designs of the character to the little things you need.” He continued to praise many aspects of Elden Ring, listing everything he felt made the game a league above any other. Included was: The crafting table – The round table – The bosses – The runes – Upgrades (which he mentioned twice), including testing them – Rebirthing – Co-op – PvP – Seeing “random players within your game” – Seeing “how people die” – “Funny” messages – Weapons – “Absolute cinema,” Cenat insisted, rating Elden Ring a finishing score of 10 out of 10 “across the board.” “This is my favorite game that I’ve ever played,” he concluded. “That’s facts.” Cenat also mentioned Elden Ring’s upcoming DLC, Shadow of the Erdtree, which will be released on June 21, 2024, on all platforms. The expansion will introduce ten new bosses, some of whom can be seen in the trailer. It will take place after the death of Mohg in the Land of Shadow, said to be the largest DLC area ever seen in a Souls game. Considering his excitement surrounding Elden Ring, it is likely that Cenat will be first in line to play the DLC when it drops.

Kai Cenat roasts Jynxzi for giving up on Elden Ring marathon stream FromSoftware/Twitch: Kai Cenat/Jynxzi Inc.Twitch streamer Nicholas ‘Jynxzi’ Stewart has thrown in the towel on his Elden Ring Marathon stream and Kai Cenat won’t let him hear the end of it. Kai Cenat’s Elden Ring marathon stream has become the stuff of legends. Despite a whole lot of doubt, Twitch’s most subscribed personality not only beat the game, he went the extra mile and took down the game’s hardest optional boss. The stream quickly became the most-watched thing on Twitch and actually saw a 657.7% increase in Elden Ring viewership on the platform. More recently, fellow streamer Jynxzi announced his own plans for an Elden Ring marathon and promised viewers it would last until he beat the game, much like Cenat’s. However, after just two days on stream and far from completing Elden Ring, Jynxi bowed out of the marathon challenge. This prompted a number of shots from Kai Cenat who commented on the initial announcement, “I own you”. On stream, Jynxi told his chat “I’m a quitter. I’m a quitting piece of s**t”. The streamer admitted the game had ‘broken him down’ after three hours of trying to defeat Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy. Jynxzi did clarify that he will continue his journey with Elden Ring on stream but will no longer be doing so in the marathon format and his followers have taken this as an admission of defeat. In response to a post on X, Kai Cenat rubbed salt in the wound. “He was so focused on beating my time during his marathon that he let it eat him alive,” Cenat said. “You may have better IQ and be the better gamer but you lack something that all Elden Lords have and that’s dedication, you f**king pipsqueak.” While Jynxzi has bowed out, Kai Cenat now looks to extend his Elden Ring Legacy. He has announced that he plans to marathon the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC which we gave a perfect score in our review.

Kai Cenat gifted life-size statue of Elden Ring boss taller than him FromSoftwareKai Cenat has been gifted a life-size statue of infamous Elden Ring boss Malenia, Blade of Miquella, following his Twitch streaming marathon of the acclaimed RPG. The streamer topped the Twitch viewership charts with his marathon of the FromSoftware title in May. The stream lasted over 166 hours as he didn’t stop streaming until he defeated the final boss and eventually completed the game on May 17. On June 15, Kai revealed the Malenia statue on stream, gifted from Elden Ring publisher Bandai Namco as a reward for completing the almost week-long marathon. In a thread on X/Twitter, fans believed the marathon proved mutually beneficial for Kai Cenat and Bandai Namco, bringing much attention to the streamer while boosting game sales before Shadow of the Erdtree releases. “That game got another breath of life before the DLC. If it wasn’t planned, Elden Ring needed to thank him in some way.” More replies rolled in noting that Kai rightfully deserved his reward. “That stream gave the perfect, organic boost to the game’s popularity just before they drop a DLC. A lot more people will have bought the base game and play the DLC because of him.” It took Kai Cenat around 30 hours to defeat Malenia; though he’s happy for the gift, it’s a question of whether he’ll want to keep it around, as a reply infers, “Now he can remember all the despair she caused.” Others showed concern about the Malenia statue’s fate being inside the same room that Kai Cenat streams from, “I give it three weeks until it’s blown up with fireworks.” Referring to the stream that made comedian Kevin Hart duck and cover. Canonically Malenia is around 2.5 meters tall when sized up against the player character. So fans couldn’t help but make light of the statue’s reduced size, “Stop the cap, that ain’t life-sized. She’s like triple his height.” Kai Cenat has announced he plans to stream more FromSoftware marathons in the future starting with the Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree DLC releasing on June 21. You can learn what time the DLC is dropping in your region now.

Kai Cenat disses “quitter” Jynxzi while showcasing insane Elden Ring setup Twitch: KaiCenatKai Cenat is coming for all streamers hopping on the Elden Ring marathon bandwagon, notably calling out Jynxzi for being a “quitter”. Since Kai Cenat’s week-long Elden Ring stream, the game has seen a resurgence in popularity, with other creators attempting to copy Kai’s monumental success. Notably, YouTuber Nicholas ‘Jynxzi‘ Stewart set out to beat Kai’s record of finishing the game in 166 hours with 1,701 deaths. However, while Jynxzi told his fans they could expect the marathon to “take a long time”, the YouTuber bowed down after just two days… and he was nowhere near the finish line. Since this, Kai has not held back from roasting Jynxzi on X (formerly Twitter) and rubbing salt in the wound. His most recent diss came during his Shadow of the Erdtree stream, the creator sending a direct message to Jynxzi while showing off his insane setup. The DLC isn’t the only challenge Kai is taking on, coming hard for his fellow creators and not holding back from slamming their apparent lack of “dedication”. “Jynxzi, you didn’t have that heart in you, bro,” Kai said, donned in gold amour as he addressed the YouTuber directly. He then claimed that every time he had joined Jynxzi’s Elden Ring stream, Kai was “made fun of”. “Every time you defeated a boss, you called my phone and made fun of me in front of thousands of people. In front of thousands of people, Jynxzi!” Now that Jynxzi had decided to abandon the marathon, however, Kai didn’t hold back from calling the YouTuber out; “So Jynxzi, you are now a f***ing quitter, okay? You’re a f***ing quitter.” Kai went on to warn that he didn’t want to “see [Jynxzi] return to the realm ever again”, nor did he want Elden Ring to ever be “disrespected” by being dubbed “so easy”. Kai also left an ominous message for another creator, standing in the center of his set-up while being hailed by a group of five cloaked figures. “Listen to me, I heard there is a new n**** going around my land, trying to take over my f***ing land,” Kai said. While he didn’t mention anyone by name, it can be assumed he meant YouTube star Ludwig. Ludwig announced he would be streaming FromSoftware’s ‘Shadow of the Erdtree‘, rivaling Kai’s own marathon. At the time of writing, neither Ludwig nor Jynxzi have responded to Kai’s call out.

Is George R. R. Martin involved in Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC? FromSoftwareGame of Thrones creator George R. R. Martin contributed worldbuilding and lore to Elden Ring, leading players to wonder if he’s involved in the upcoming Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. One thing that got players particularly excited for Elden Ring ahead of its release back in February 2022 was the involvement of George R. R. Martin. The author behind the A Song of Ice and Fire novels contributed worldbuilding and lore to the game, which FromSoftware used to craft Elden Ring’s narrative. With the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC finally releasing later this year, fans may be wondering if Martin is involved in any way. Here’s what we know. Did George R. R. Martin contribute to Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree? Yes, George R. R. Martin’s work contributed to Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree. However, as director Hidetaka Miyazaki confirmed in an interview with IGN, Martin “hasn’t written anything exclusively and new for the sake of this DLC.” Shadow of the Erdtree draws from Martin’s work, with Miyazaki saying “Shadow of the Erdtree is yet another part of that original mythos that he wrote and that has inspired us to create the story of this DLC.” Miyazaki also said that, while he and Martin have “exchanged emails since the release of Elden Ring,” the two have not been able to speak in person since before launch. While George R. R. Martin may not be actively working on Elden Ring content, his influence is sure to be felt during Shadow of the Erdtree just as it was in the base game. While you’re waiting for Shadow of the Erdtree, check out more of our Elden Ring coverage: Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree: All editions | When does Shadow of the Erdtree take place? | Elden Ring multiplayer | Elden Ring character classes | Elden Ring character creator | Elden Ring New Game Plus | Survive an invasion in Elden Ring | How to level up in Elden Ring | How to get the Horse in Elden Ring

Insane Elden Ring build lets you try every new weapon in Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftware/Bandai NamcoElden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC is nearly here and one player has painstakingly crafted a build that can use all the new stuff it has to offer. Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree hype levels are at a fever pitch. The recently released story trailer has given us more questions than answers in true FromSoftware fashion. Fortunately, prior to that trailer, Hidetaka Miyazaki himself did give players some idea of what to expect. Shadow of the Erdtree promises the appearance of unseen Elden Ring characters, a new progression system, and eight new weapon types to change up the gameplay. Keeping those shiny new toys in mind, an Elden Ring player has done the math to figure out a build that should let you use all of them. X user dangitjm explained their reasoning. Initially spotted by GamesRadar+, this mathematician was responding to a post in which a player was trying to craft their own Elden Ring DLC build, the suspicious absence of the Intelligence stat prompted dangitjm’s experiment. They began with a familiar mantra for any Soulsborne game, “Level Vigor!” “The HP jump from 40 to 60 Vigor [the softcap] yields an extra “450 HP” changing this build’s health from 1450 to 1900,” dangitjm, explained. That 30% health jump is important for survivability but the key interest here is other stats meeting the expected minimum requirements for new weapons. The Elden Ring DLC build dangitjm came up with based on previous minimum requirements is as follows: Vigor – 60 – Mind – 35 – Endurance – 30 – Strength – 60 – Dexterity – 48 – Intelligence – 70 – Faith – 50 – Arcane – 27 – This requires starting with the Vagabond class and achieving a level of 301 which is no mean feat. Any player wanting to try out this build is likely looking at a trip to Elden Ring’s best Rune farming spot to slay a few thousand Albinaurics or birds. If the Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree DLC has similar stat requirements on its weapons to the base game, this build will let you run them all. Time to get grinding we suppose.

Impressive Elden Ring mod lets players become Pokemon Scarlet & Violet trainers FromSoftware / Game FreakOne Elden Ring fan has created an impressive mod that merges Pokemon Scarlet & Violet with The Lands Between. 2022 was filled with plenty of great games for all kinds of different players to enjoy. Whether you wanted to test your mettle with Elden Rings challenging gameplay or explore vast open worlds filled with adorable creatures in Pokemon Scarlet & Violet, gamers in 2022 certainly weren’t spoiled for choice on how to spend their time. Now, one fan mod has combined Elden Ring’s dark, dreary world with the bright and colorful creatures of Pokemon Scarlet & Violet, which includes all new player models, summon models, and more. Elden Ring fan creates stunning Pokemon mod FromSoftware fan and modder Arestame tweeted out a video of the mod in action which quickly went viral on social media. The video showed off the player character’s model dressed in Pokemon Scarlet & Violet’s flashy pinstripe shorts, white button-up shirt, and Academy hat. Additionally, the modder replaced Torrent, the Tarnished’s spectral horse, with Pokemon Scarlet’s box Legendary, Koraidon. Additionally, the trailer showed off other characters modded to look like Pokemon from Paldea, such as the Black Knife Tiche summon as Meowscarada and the Magma Wyrm as Skeledirge. The mod also populates Elden Ring’s vast open world with various other Paldean Pokemon, such as Smoliv, Quaxly, and Lechonk in place of random enemies. Arestame’s tweet quickly gained over 70,000 likes and 20,000 retweets, with fans praising the mod’s polish. Hello! This is absolutely awesome, what are the chances I can play this? 👁👁 — Slimecicle (@Slimecicle) December 29, 2022 “Hello! This is absolutely awesome, what are the chances I can play this?” asked YouTube content creator Slimecicle, while other fans expressed their surprise at the mod and replied by saying things like “I can’t believe this is real.” Unfortunately, it’s unclear whether or not the mod is actually available for download yet, as Arestame has yet to follow up the trailer with a link to download the mod on PC just yet. However, hopefully, with a bit more time, Elden Ring fans will be able to jump into The Lands Between to catch ’em all—or die trying.

How to watch Twitch Rivals Elden Ring Anniversary PvEvP event: Stream, schedule & participants Twitch / FromSoftwareTwitch Rivals announced its upcoming Elden Ring Anniversary PvEvP event that pits some big streamers against one another. Here’s everything fans need to know about the livestream. It’s hard to believe that FromSoftware’s smash hit title Elden Ring is almost one year old as of February 25, 2023. The game was a critical and commercial success and made huge waves in the streaming community on Twitch. To celebrate its upcoming anniversary, Twitch Rivals has announced its next event will be centered around a PvEvP tournament featuring some big names in the streaming space like xQc, Team Liquid’s Maximum, and GrandPooBear. To keep track of this anniversary stream, here’s a full breakdown of everything this Twitch Rivals tournament has to offer. Twitch Rivals Elden Ring PvEvP event: Stream Twitch Rivals Elden Ring PvEvP event will be kicking off on February 21, 2023 at 4 pm PT/7 pm ET/12 am GMT and will last until February 23, 2023. Viewers can catch the event live via Twitch Rivals’ official channel when the event begins. We’ve embedded the stream below for your convenience. Moreover, the participating streamers will also be streaming the event on their respective channels, so viewers with a favorite streamer can watch the event from their perspective, as well. Event format & info According to the event info, there will be 48 participants total split into 16 Trios. Teams will consist of one veteran player, called a Mentor, with two other content creators called Protegees. The tournament will take place over three days, with each day divided into a PvE Phase and a PvP Phase. During the PvE Achievement Hunt Phase, teams will have a predetermined amount of time to earn various different achievements and finalize their PvP build. The PvP Phase will take place in the Colosseum with a different PvP showcase. Following the PvE Phase, contestants will have 10 minutes to unlock their respective Colosseum. In the case that teams fail to unlock their Colosseum, they will receive a DNF. Each day will feature a Single Elimination Bracket. Day One of the PvP phase will be a 1v1 Best-of-3 format with Mentors only. Day Two will also consist of a 2v2 Best-of-3 format with Protegees only. Finally, Day Three will feature the main 3v3 event. Additionally, each day will raise the level cap for participants with Day One having a level 50 cap, then a level 100 cap, and finally a level 125 cap. Participants who earn first place will receive a Pot Friend Trophy, and 2nd place will earn a Vyke Figurine. 3rd place will receive a Mini-Fig Set with a Raging wolf Mini-Fig and a Malenia Mini-Fig. Finally, 4th place winners will get an Elden Ring Vinyl. Twitch Rivals Elden Ring PvEvP event: Participants At the time of writing, 11 participants have been confirmed for the event. These streamers include xQc, Maximum, Zentreya, Mendo, DotoDoya, GrandPooBear, LobosJr, Oroboro, Techniq, Larxa, and baycon_. We will update this article as more streamers are confirmed for the event. Twitch Rivals Elden Ring PvEvP event: Schedule and results We will update this section of the article as the final teams and participants are announced…

How to watch Twitch Rivals 2v2 Elden Ring challenge featuring xQc and Disguised Toast FromSoftware Inc./ TwitchTwitch Rivals’ next event ‘Elden Ring 2v2 Challenge ft. Mendo’ is bringing the treacherous world of the Lands Between onto the stage for the first time. With Jeremy ‘Disguised Toast’ Wang and Felix ‘xQc’ Lengyel taking part, here’s a rundown on where you can watch the events unfold. Elden Ring dominated Twitch following its release in February 2022. Amid the hype for FromSoftware’s latest Souls-like RPG, streamers such as Asmongold saw huge success by including the game in their content. So, it’s no surprise that when it came to choosing the next Rivals event Twitch decided to plunge its participants into the world of the Lands Between and face off against their fellow Tarnished. Here’s everything that we know about the upcoming event, including how to watch and who will be taking part. Twitch Rivals Elden Ring 2v2 Challenge: Stream Twitch Rivals Elden Ring 2v2 Challenge will start on June 1 at 2pm PDT / 6pm ET / 10pm BST and is embedded here for your convenience. The whole event will be streamed via Twitch Rivals’ official Twitch channel and will continue from June 1 until June 2. It’s not evident at the time of writing how long the stream will be. However, there are currently four teams scheduled to take part and each team will have two hours “to attempt to create the best PvP builds possible.” Twitch Rivals Elden Ring 2v2 Challenge: Format According to the event’s official page, each team will be made up of two players, divided into a Mentor and their Protégé. Each team will have “2 hours to create the best PvP build possible on fresh accounts.” Not only that, but during the PvE Achievement Hunt Phase, each player will achieve an achievement list which will give them the chance to earn extra points for each task they complete. For the second part (the PvP Brackets Phase) players will be capped to Level 50 and will have to team up at the Academy Gates for their 1v1 duels before the final Tiebreakers phase. Behold, Tarnished! Meet some of the teams battling in Twitch Rivals: @ELDENRING 2v2 Challenge ft Mendo ⚔️ Tomorrow at 2pm PT at /twitchrivals@Mendo & @xQc@DisguisedToast & @BoxBox@LIRIK & @Lobosjrgaming@maximum & @OroboroTV — Twitch Rivals (@TwitchRivals) June 1, 2022 Twitch Rivals Elden Ring 2v2 Challenge: Competitors The groups who will be competing in the battle of the Lands Between will be a mix of some “Souls veterans” who have already mastered the art of the Tarnished as well as beginners. The content creators who will be taking part include Twitch stars xQc and Disguised Toast. However, the duo will be on opposing teams. The four teams who will be paired up together are: xQc and Mendo – Disguised Toast and BoxBox – Lirik and LobosJr – Maximum and Oroboro – With a special commemorative trophy up for grabs, participants in the upcoming Twitch Rivals Elden Ring 2v2 Challenge will no doubt be throwing all their boss-like strength into the game. Make sure to tune into the action on June 1!

How to watch the Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree DLC reveal FromSoftwareAfter an excruciating wait of nearly two years, the Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree DLC is set to be revealed. Here’s how the watch the first trailer. It’s hard to believe that Elden Ring came out nearly two years ago and while we’re confident that the best is yet to come with the game, it hasn’t made the wait any easier. But fear not, Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree is set to be revealed, so it’s time for every Tarnished warrior to dust off their blades, hop back on Torrent, and get ready for another round of deicide! It will be fun to see how Shadow of the Erdtree changes Elden Ring like previous Souls expansions have and if it adds a large new area to explore with brand new bosses to take down. Either way, we suspect we’ll be seeing the demigod Miquela, brother of Malenia, who’s likely been corrupted by Mohg and is going to be less than pleased about a lowly Tarnished slaughtering all his siblings. Here’s how to watch the Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree reveal. Shadow of the Erdtree: How to watch Along with a new trailer the Elden Ring DLC reveal will be broadcast live on Bandai Namco and FromSoftware’s YouTube channels on Wednesday 21 February at 7 am PST / 3 pm GMT / 4 pm CET / 1 am AEST (Thursday 22 February). The trailer will last three minutes and will be preceded by a 30-minute countdown. We don’t know the release date of Shadow of the Erdtree as of yet, but we likely will by the time the trailer has been broadcast. Some are speculating the DLC could arrive in March, June, or even on the second anniversary of the original game’s release, but we’ll have to wait and see. Elden Ring multiplayer | Elden Ring character classes | Elden Ring character creator | Elden Ring New Game Plus | Survive an invasion in Elden Ring | How to level up in Elden Ring | How to get the Horse in Elden Ring

How to unlock Dragon Form in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree DexertoDragon Form was a mainstay mechanic in previous FromSoftware games, so players were surprised by its absence in Elden Ring. However, that has changed with Shadow of the Erdtree. This tool is a way for players to turn themselves into actual dragons, bringing plenty of new abilities and power to the Tarnished. Even more, there are two forms that you can unlock through different methods. So if you are looking to achieve this new form, here is how you can unlock Elden Ring‘s Dragon Form in Shadow of the Erdtree. How to unlock Dragon Form There are two Dragon Forms you can unlock in Shadow of the Erdtree, with both available in the same area of the map. Dragon Priestess method The first method has you following a straightforward, but lengthy, process. It starts with visiting the Jagged Peak area. You can access this section of the Realm of Shadow by going through Dragon’s Pit, a dungeon that can be found on the cliffs sitting along the eastern edge of Shadow of the Erdtree’s starting area. You will need to work your way north and then back south to find the path up to this area. Fighting through Dragon’s Pit will place you in the right area. Here, you will see a sleeping Jagged Peak Drake. Instead of fighting the creature, you can head along the southern path. Eventually, you’ll reach the Grand Altar of Dragon Communion Site of Grace next to a flaming altar and the skeleton of a dead dragon. There will also be a Dragon Communion Priestess NPC with whom you can speak to get the process moving. The Priestess will ask you to defeat Bayle the Dread, who can be found at the top of the Jagged Peak area. Go back to the sleeping Jagged Peak Drake, then follow the path past it. While you won’t find any normal enemies to fight along the way, you will encounter two more Jagged Peak Drakes fighting, as well as the Ancient Dragon Senessax. After this difficult fight, you must do some platforming with Torrent to reach Bayle. The fight with him is tough, so be sure you summon Igon, who will call out to you after you defeat the two Drakes. Your Mimic Tear is always a solid option to bring with you, as well. Bayle is susceptible to Frost damage, so bring weapons or spells that can deal that elemental damage to him. After taking Bayle down, return to the Dragon Priestess’ location. She’ll have disappeared once you arrive, so you will find a Priestess Heart in her stead. This is the item you need to unlock Dragon Form. Take off all your armor and consume the Priestess Heart to transform into the mighty creature. Once you have transformed, consume the heart again to receive a buff to Dragon Cult Incantations. You will not be able to equip any armor while in Dragon Form, and the effects will last until you die. If your life is cut short, you can consume the heart to transform again. Ancient Dragon method The second form to unlock is called Ancient Dragon, which involves the Domain of Dragons painting puzzle that you can find in the Shadow Keep area. As you work your way through this vast castle, you will find a ladder leading down to a sewer-like area with an interactable painting. This will put the painting in your inventory, where its item description will tell you where to track down the location that inspired the painter. To do this, go to the Jagged Peak Mountainside Site of Grace, which can be found early on after completing Dragon’s Pit. A little further on from this Site of Grace, you will see a Spiritspring that you can use to launch yourself up the mountain. However, don’t take it in the direction it is originally intended for. Instead, look down and to the right to find a rock bridge of sorts that has formed below the intended destination. Use the Spiritspring to launch yourself up to this bridge and follow the path here until you come across a ghostly chair. Approach the chair and it will disappear, leaving behind the Rock Heart item that you can consume to turn into a dragon. When in the Ancient Dragon form, you will receive a buff to all Dragon Communion Incantations. Just like the Priestess Heart, the Rock Heart’s effects will last until you die. Once you respawn, you will be human once more, so you can consume the item again to turn back into the Dragon Form. Dragon Form is an exciting addition to Elden Ring with Shadow of the Erdtree, but be sure you know about everything else the DLC has to offer including the new Scadutree Fragments and Revered Spirit Ash, how to beat Messmer the Impaler, and the new weapon types.

How to two-hand weapons in Elden Ring From SoftwareTwo-handing weapons is a great way to approach combat in Elden Ring thanks to the versatility and power it provides but how exactly can you two-hand weapons? Knowing how to two-hand your weapon in Elden Ring can increase your damage and let you unleash an expanded moveset with your weapon of choice. Whether it’s a Katana like Rivers of Blood, and Uchigatana, or a heavy-hitting Axe, two-handing is a great tactic to add to your arsenal. This is everything you need to know about two-handing in Elden Ring, including the benefits and how to pull it off on each platform. Contents How to two-hand weapons in Elden Ring – What does two-handing a weapon do in Elden Ring? – When should you two-hand weapons? – How to Two-Hand Weapons in Elden Ring To two-hand a weapon in Elden Ring simply follow the steps below for your platform of choice: PlayStation: Hold the Triangle button and press either the right or left d-pad button. – Xbox: Hold the ‘Y’ button and press either the right or left d-pad button. – PC: Hold down the ‘E’ key and click on the right or left mouse button. – What does two-handing a weapon do? Two-handing a weapon will increase the power of your attacks and give you an altered moveset to experiment with. While your attacks do become more powerful, you’ll sacrifice the ability to use a shield or a secondary weapon when two-handing which means you’ll need to be as precise as possible when you’re dodging and parrying. When should you two-hand weapons? Due to the higher damage per hit that two-handing typically provides, it can be particularly useful when you’re fighting one extremely tough enemy so we’d recommend using it during boss battles. If you’re in a fight where you need to block regularly, or up against multiple foes at once, however, sticking to one-handed combat may be better. For more Elden Ring content, check out our coverage below: Best early weapons for all builds & where to find them | Best Spirit Ashes ranked | Best starting class | New weapon types in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree | Elden Ring characters guide: All classes explained

How to survive an invasion in Elden Ring From SoftwareInvasions return from previous Souls games in Elden Ring. Here’s what you need to know to survive a PvP Elden Ring invasion. The environment, AI enemies, and even bosses are the least of your worries in Elden Ring, as other players will occasionally invade your world with one purpose – to kill you and take your runes. Like they are in other Souls games, invasions in Elden Ring are tense PvP battles in which there can be only one survivor. Once your world is invaded in Elden Ring, you’ll usually switch focus from whatever it is you’re doing in the game and prepare for the imminent fight against another player. The invader will also quickly be trying to get the lay of the land, preparing their own strategy for taking you down. Here’s what to do to increase your chances of survival from an invasion in Elden Ring. Contents Take advantage of your environment The host player is at a disadvantage in many ways when an invasion takes place in Elden Ring. This is because the world remains hostile to the player, while enemies and traps ignore the invader. It makes an already deadly world even deadlier. However, the invader has entered your world, and even if they know the game environments well, they don’t know how you’ve influenced it. So don’t rush to battle an invader, fight them on your terms. You can do this by picking a location and waiting for their assault. This could be somewhere where they can be easily pushed off a ledge or where you have a vantage point. Also, pick somewhere with cover that’s easily defendable. It pays to be able to see them coming, but somewhere where they can’t see you. Many invaders will use similar tactics, attempting to ambush you in a dangerous spot or lure you to a location that houses a lot of dangerous enemies. However, most will be keen to hurry the battle along to get onto their next invasion. This is because a lot of invaders are farming runes, so efficiency is important to them. Delaying the fight could make them reckless, and therefore more vulnerable to making a mistake. If an invader attempts to get you to follow them, don’t do it. The sheer fact that they’re running from you, and not towards you, betrays a lack of confidence in their abilities or build. An invader that knows they can kill you one-on-one won’t need to lure you anywhere — they’ll just come right for you with casual confidence. Do everything you can to make life difficult for an invader. In time, this game of cat and mouse will become cat and cat, which is what some invaders fear. However, some also relish a worthy opponent. Summon support Unless they’re crazily good, or just plain crazy, the one thing invaders dread is entering a world where they’re outnumbered. This often happens when the host has already summoned one or more Blue Phantoms to aid them, so the invader needs to fight multiple players. In this circumstance, the hunter becomes hunted and while it’s possible to fight off multiple players, the invader usually fails. Players who are exceptionally good or lucky can succeed, but two experienced players tend to beat just one. Therefore, if you’re somewhere with a high concentration of PvP, consider summoning some aid to counteract the predatory tactics of invaders. Helping another player You may get invaded when you’re in another player’s world rather than your own. When this happens, it’s essential to keep the host alive and protected from the invader. The host’s death will end your session, leave the invader victorious, and mean you don’t get any reward – so take them down first. In this situation, you and the host will have the advantage as the invader will be outnumbered. Most invaders will then revert to sneaky tactics to kill you and the host, so will probably avoid fighting you both at the same time. Our advice is to keep the pressure on them. Cause them to panic and act rashly for an easy victory. Press your numbers advantage and run directly at the invader like they’re just another enemy rather than a significant threat. Your confidence will likely unnerve the invader and they’ll back off to get away from you. Should they retreat rather than fight you directly, then you’ll know this strategy is working. Most invaders are used to being the predator rather than the prey, so they are used to hosts fighting defensively. Having a summoned player rush them fearlessly will likely upset their strategy and cause them to fight on the back foot. It will communicate to them that even if the host doesn’t, you know what you’re doing, and they are not the only players to be feared. This essentially throws them off their game and makes it easier for you and the host to surround and kill them. If you and the host are near a boss gate, then simply entering the boss arena will see the invader sent back to their own world empty-handed. Get good Or “git gud” which is how members of the Souls community usually phrase it. They’re not wrong, either. The best way to improve at Elden Ring PvP is to practice. This means do it more and learn to enjoy invasions. See them as an opportunity to shake things up and defeat another player. It’s even worth invading players yourself and learning how it works. This will give you an insight into their mindset and tactics. Not only will it improve your Elden Ring PvP skills, but you’ll also learn the advantages and limitations of being the invader. This will increase your confidence and help you turn the tables when it happens to you. Learn to welcome being invaded in Elden Ring, it’s a rush, and overcoming a wily, opportunistic invader can be a thrilling experience. So that’s how you can best prepare to survive an invasion in Elden Ring. In the meantime, be sure to get ahead of the curve with our Elden Ring page and brush up on all the latest guides below: Elden Ring PC requirements | Elden Ring multiplayer | Elden Ring character classes | Elden Ring character creator | Elden Ring New Game Plus | Best Elden Ring class for your first run | How to level up in Elden Ring | How to get the Horse in Elden Ring | Elden Ring stats explained

How to start Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree DLC FromSoftware/Bandai NamcoElden Ring doesn’t let players access the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC from the menu, so you’ll need to prepare before you can take on the challenges that await in the expansion. FromSoftware is known for hiding its DLC behind bosses and story progression, such as needing to beat Vicar Amelia in Bloodborne before you can start The Old Hunters storyline. Elden Ring is no exception, as the new content in Shadow of the Erdtree is gated behind bosses. Shadow of the Edrtree launched on June 21, and for those returning to Lands Between, some preparation is required. You need to complete specific tasks before you can start the DLC, this involves conquering some of the game’s trickiest bosses. How to start Shadow of the Erdtree To start Shadow of the Erdtree, you must defeat two bosses and then touch a specific location. This information was first revealed in a Famitsu interview with Elden Ring director Hidetaka Miyazaki. Beat Starscourge Radahn in Caelid The first boss is mandatory for completing Ranni’s questline, and it’s something that players hoping to bring about the Age of Stars will be looking to do anyway. You must defeat Starscourge Radahan, who can be found in Redmane Castle in the southeast of Caelid. It’s recommended that you be above level 60 before taking on Radahn, but skilled players can attempt it earlier, as multiple NPCs can aid you during this battle. For more information about defeating this mighty boss, check out our Starscourge Radahn guide. Beat Mohg, Lord of Blood in Mohgwyn Palace The second boss is also optional, though many players likely encountered him during their journey. You must defeat Mohg, Lord of Blood, who can be found within the Mohgwyn Palace, a secret level within the underground Siofra River. This location can be accessed through a portal in the west of the Consecrated Snowfield. It’s recommended that you be above level 90 before taking on Mohg, but you can attempt it earlier, as there are specific items & Crystal Tears you can use to make the fight easier. Check out our Mohg, Lord of Blood guide for more information about defeating this powerful boss. Once these bosses are defeated, you can start the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC by interacting with the cocoon in Mohg’s boss arena, as it contains the body of Miquella, who is vitally important to the story of Shadow of the Erdtree. Do you need to be a certain level to access Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree DLC? No, there is no level requirement to start the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC in Elden Ring. So long as you’ve met the requirements listed above, having killed both mandatory bosses, you can technically access the DLC at any level. What level should you be to start the DLC in Elden Ring? Ultimately, the choice is yours as to when you start your journey in the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. With no set level requirement, you can technically jump right in as soon as you’ve beaten Starscourge Radahn and Mohg, Lord of Blood, though these fights can be quite far into the base game experience. As a result, you should be at a fairly high level with plenty of stats upgraded. You likely won’t reach these sections of the game without being at least level 100, though we recommend being a bit higher before progressing down the DLC path. Beginning Elden Ring’s DLC roughly between 150 to level 200 would be an ideal starting point, just to ensure your Vigor stat is boosted as much as possible, and you’re not lacking for health when entering Shadow of the Erdtree. Anything beyond this isn’t really necessary for one key reason: The DLC relies on a different scaling system. Whether you’re level 200 or level 500, you’ll still be finding the DLC difficult to begin with. Shadow of the Erdtree revolves around the Scadutree Blessing system. Rather than falling on your regular attack and defense stats, this instead requires you to collect Scadutree Fragments in order to boost your most important qualities. Therefore, no matter your grind in the base game, Shadow of the Erdtree has its own form of difficulty to keep an even playing field. Thus, it really doesn’t matter all too much what level you are when starting out, so long as you’ve done enough to boost your health, Endurance, and any other relevant stats to your build.

How to Sprint in Elden Ring FromSoftwareElden Ring’s world is full of hostile enemies, and sometimes you’ll have to Sprint to survive. This is how you can pick up the pace in FromSoftware’s open world. Alongside good skill, a strong weapon, and a lot of patience, Sprinting is an extremely useful survival tool in Elden Ring. Not only can it help you traverse through the open world faster, but it can also get you out of sticky situations – especially if you run into an enemy that’s much too strong to battle yet or you find yourself in a challenging dungeon. Whether you need to quickly get away from a boss fight, or you simply want to cover some ground faster, this is exactly how you can Sprint in Elden Ring. How to Sprint in Elden Ring To Sprint in Elden Ring, simply follow the steps below on your platform of choice: PlayStation: Hold down the ‘Circle’ button while moving to break into a Sprint. – Xbox: Hold down the ‘B’ button while moving to Sprint. – PC: Hold down the ‘Shift’ key as you’re moving to start Sprinting. – While breaking into a Spring does propel you forward at a swift pace, the action isn’t unlimited. As you Sprint you’ll also be consuming stamina which is crucial to keep on top of as it governs your ability to perform almost any action in Elden Ring, including attacking, blocking, and dodging. So make sure to keep an eye on your stamina as you’re Sprinting in the game and be strategic about when to Sprint and when to conserve your energy. For more Elden Ring coverage, check out our content below: Best early weapons for all builds & where to find them | Best Spirit Ashes ranked | Best starting class | New weapon types in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree | Elden Ring characters guide: All classes explained

How to show new item & recent item markers in Elden Ring FromSoftware/Bandai NamcoA jam-packed Elden Ring update accompanying the Shadow of the Erdtree expansion added a nifty feature to help spotlight new and recent items in your inventory. Here’s how it all works and how to enable the setting. With dozens of unique weapons to track down along with countless sets of armor and plenty more in-between, it can often be a hassle managing your inventory in Elden Ring. Look away for two seconds and you might miss exactly what loot a boss just dropped. Acknowledging this hardship, Elden Ring devs at FromSoftware have now made things a little easier. As part of the mega-sized June 20, 2024 update to accompany the Shadow of the Erdree DLC, a number of handy gameplay tweaks were implemented. Chief among the new additions was one easy-to-miss feature in the menus. Moving forward, you can now automatically mark new and recent items in your inventory to ensure they don’t get lost in the mix. Here’s how it all works. How to enable new item & recent item markers in Elden Ring menus Turning Elden Ring’s new and recent item markers on is a simple matter of pressing the start button on your controller, or the ESC input key on your keyboard. From here, navigate to the Display menu and scroll down. Simply toggle on the two new settings, one for marking new items, and one for showing the recent items tab. Once those are enabled, you’re all set. Below is a step-by-step breakdown: Enter Elden Ring’s menu by hitting Start or ESC – Navigate to the Display settings – Enable ‘Mark New Items’ – Enable ‘Show Recent Items Tab’ – That’s all there is to it. In a few quick seconds, you can start enjoying both of these new features in Elden Ring. When it comes to new items, this is displayed as a yellow exclamation mark in the top right corner of anything that’s just entered your inventory for the first time. As for the Recent Items Tab, however, this opens up a whole new section of your inventory. Here, you’ll find a short list of the items you’ve obtained most recently. This can be a mix of equipment, consumables, and the like. Anything you’ve picked up over the past hour or so will be visible here.

How to respec your character in Elden Ring: All Larval Tear locations FromSoftwareThroughout your adventures in Elden Ring’s sprawling world, you’ll allocate attribute points to enhance your character’s prowess but understanding how to respec is crucial for those considering a change in stat distribution without forfeiting their progress. Here’s how to respec in Elden Ring. Following the tradition of previous Souls titles, Elden Ring allows players the flexibility to respec their stats, allowing for adjustments to their character’s build. This is particularly useful for those who wish to try out the game’s different builds or eliminate any misspent stat points. However, you’ll need to find a certain item and get past a certain point in the game’s story to do so. While respecing your character in Elden Ring won’t enable you to change your starting class, it can help you create the most powerful class. If you wish to pump more points into strength or dexterity while also having enough vitality and endurance, or the other way around, then our Elden Ring respec guide has you covered. Contents Can you respec in Elden Ring? – How to respec your character in Elden Ring – Where to respec your character in Elden Ring – All Larval Tear locations in Elden Ring – When to respec your character in Elden Ring – Can you respec in Elden Ring? Yes, as previously said, FromSoftware allows players to respec their character during their adventures in Elden Ring, which will ultimately allow them to try different sets of stats every time they face a particular type of enemy. Keep in mind that when you respec a character, their attributes will go back to the way they were when you started your adventure, not a single point less nor more. How to respec your character in Elden Ring In order to respec your character in Elden Ring, you need two things: First, you’ll need to beat the game’s second main Boss, Rennala. The Queen of the Full Moon is located after taking the elevator to the top of the Raya Lucaria Academy, an area at the very end of the legacy dungeon. – Secondly, you’ll need to get your hands on a Larval Tear. However, finding this item can prove tricky if you don’t know where to look. – Where to respec in Elden Ring After beating the Boss Rennala, she will survive the battle and surrender her Elden Ring Shard to you. Following this tough encounter, she’ll become a friendly NPC and set up a shop in the Raya Lucaria Academy. Every time you wish to respec your character, you can visit the Boss arena at the Raya Lucaria Grand Library in Liurnia of the Lakes and offer Rennala a Larval Tear. All Larval Tear locations in Elden Ring A Larval Tear will need to be given to Rennala every time you wish to respec your character in Elden Ring. Unlike other items and materials in Elden Ring, Larval Tears are limited in number, which makes them particularly rare. This means you’ll only be able to respec your character a finite amount of times, so take care before committing to a certain build. The good news is there are 18 of them per playthrough, and you’re unlikely to need 18 respecs per run. They also remain in your inventory when you move into another NG+ cycle, meaning you can potentially stack and unlock a total of 126 Larval Tears per character. The 18 Larval Tears can be found in the following locations: Limgrave Found east of the Agheel Lake South site of Grace. Dropped by the small Runebear who is disguised as a Wandering Noble stood opposite the lake. – Liurnia of the Lakes Located in the Village of the Albinaurics graveyard. – Dropped by a Grafted Scion disguised as a Giant Crayfish patrolling around the One can be found by the gazebo near the Boilprawn Shack. There are four Giant Crayfish, but one is secretly a disguised Grafted Scion who drops the Larval Tear. – One can be found on a ghost sitting in a chair in the Caria Manor graveyard. Simply talk to the ghost and he’ll disappear, leaving the tear and his set behind. – One can be bought from Pidia for 3,000 runes. You can find him by climbing down the cliffs on the southeastern side of the Three Sisters area. You can see the balcony before you jump. – Caelid One can be found near Caelid Highway South site of grace on a Troll disguised as a kneeling noble. – Altus Plateau One can be found in the ruins southeast of the Windmill Village on a Lion Guardian disguised as a noble. Kill the Lion Guardian to get him to drop it. – Mt.Gelmir One is located east of the Road of Iniquity site of grace on a Wormface disguising itself as a flaming zombie enemy. – Consecrated Snowfield One can be found southeast of the Inner Consecrated Snowfield site of grace on a Runebear disguised as a Noble. – Siofra River One can be bought from the Nomadic Merchant located in the Siofra River, for 3,000 Runes. Kill him and take his bell for this to be sold by the Roundtable Hold sisters instead. – Nokron, Eternal City One can be taken from a corpse located in a stone building southeast of the Nokron, Eternal City site of grace. – One can be found on a corpse in the gazebo in Nokron, Eternal City. You’ll be ambushed by a Silver Tear enemy. – Another can be taken by defeating a Silver Sphere enemy in Night’s Sacred Ground. – The Mimic Tear Boss drops two after it is defeated. – Nokstella, Eternal City One is dropped by a Silver Sphere enemy on the Nokstella bridge. – Another can be found on a Silver Sphere enemy seen hanging from the ceiling in a building located after the bridge in Nokstella. You’ll need to use ranged attacks. – A third Larval Tear can be found on another Silver Sphere after crossing the bridge. Head up the nearby stairs and into the building, the enemy will be hanging from the ceiling. – When to respec your character in Elden Ring After they’ve unlocked the respec ability from Rennala, players can access it any time they want. However, as the number of times they can do this is limited, we recommend you save those occasions for when you need to rebalance your character for a particular Boss fight. Elden Ring has over 30 Boss fights available, and every one of them is unique. During your quest to become Elden Lord, you’ll gift your character with certain abilities that could be more melee-focused, but for some Bosses, you might have to switch to a more magical approach or vice-versa. For more Elden Ring content, check some of our other guides: Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll |Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted

How to remove Elden Ring health debuff after hugging lady Fia FromSoftwareElden Ring players have unfortunately discovered that hugging a lady in-game gives you a health debuff. On the plus side, though, Fia does give you a very easy way to get rid of that HP punishment. Once you’ve played Elden Ring for long enough, you’ll probably have run into Fia, the Deathbed Companion. And, if you’ve run into her and enjoy the warmth of companionship, you’ll probably have taken her up on her offer for a hug. Hugging, cuddling, and embracing are not typically activities one would expect from a Hidetaka Miyazaki game. So, it should not have been too surprising to find out that the sweet interaction comes at a cost. More specifically, hugging Fia gives players a semi-permanent 5% health debuff – which has explained a lot of players’ confusion. Fortunately, getting rid of it is incredibly easy – you just need to use the Baldachin’s Blessing consumable item that she gives you. Elden Ring players surprised with health debuff after hugging lady The best part about Elden Ring is having someone always willing to give you a hug after a tough battle pic.twitter.com/4PutnnyVL4 — DansGaming (@Dansgaming) March 1, 2022 A lot of Elden Ring players were delighted to find out they could have a hug in the game, with a number of tweets excited about the option. Screen-shotting the embrace, ‘DansGaming’ called it “the best part about Elden Ring,” while others said the cute experience was “10/10.” Little did they know, the hug isn’t as innocent as it may seem (and not in the… Witcher 3-esque romantic way that some might hope). How to get rid of Elden Ring’s hug health debuff DO NOT hug this lady in #EldenRing. She’ll cause you a negative buff where you lose 5% of your Health Power (top corner, red box, arrow down). Use Baldachin’s Blessing (she gives this consumable) to get rid of it. You should only hug her if you’re ready about to fight a boss. pic.twitter.com/beBwgPdyLI — Patrick Maka (@PMaka1991) February 28, 2022 As many are now realizing, hugging the lady in Elden Ring actually punishes you with a 5% semi-permanent health debuff. Here’s how to get rid of it: Hug the lady – Enjoy the embrace – Use the “Baldachin’s Blessing” consumable item – Once the item runs out, your health debuff will be removed – Basically, the hug removes 5% of your total HP and cannot be removed by death, rest, or restorative items. To get rid of it, you have to use Baldachin’s Blessing, which temporarily raises your Poise. Once the blessing runs out, both your Poise and HP will return to normal. As soon as that’s done, you can go back for another hug – as Fia will continue punishing your health and granting you Baldachin’s Blessing to remove that punishment as many times as you’d like. And now you know exactly what strings are attached when you get intimate with Elden Ring’s Deathbed Companion. Hopefully, this means you won’t end up feeling as betrayed as Twitter’s ‘SophNar,’ who “just wanted to be loved” and reacted to the debuff by saying “this is why I’m a misogynist. Them b***hes can’t be trusted.”

How to level up in Elden Ring FromSoftwareLeveling up in Elden Ring is incredibly important for any player looking to maximize their character’s HP and DPS. Whether you’re looking to make the best Elden Ring builds or just stave off a mighty hit from the game’s bosses, learning how to level up is incredibly important. Elden Ring’s level up system shares a lot of similarities to previous Souls games. While the usual stats like Strength, Mind, Endurance, Dexterity, Vigor, Arcane, Intelligence and Faith are all present, the process needed to level up requires a few extra steps first. In fact, you can’t level up at all in Elden Ring until you meet certain requirements. This can make your survival in the Lands Between a little tricky, especially if you don’t have enough health or damage to beat the game’s bosses. Fortunately, our Elden Ring level up guide has you covered and can save you a lot of early-game frustration. Contents How to level up in Elden Ring In order to level up in Elden Ring, you’ll first need to discover three Sites of Grace. These resting points are similar to Dark Souls’ Bonfires, which replenish your character’s health, remove ailments, restore Focus Points, and refill all of your Sacred Flasks. Read More: Elden Ring PC requirements – Upon visiting the third Site of Grace, an NPC named Melina will appear and reward you with the Spectral Steed Whistle. This mysterious woman will also enable you to level up your character. However, leveling up in Elden Ring doesn’t come cheap. In fact, you’ll need to get your hands on plenty of Runes – the game’s main currency if you wish to strengthen your character. How to get Runes in Elden Ring Runes can be obtained from any creature or boss that you encounter in Elden Ring. Of course, the bigger and tougher the foe, the more Runes they will drop upon their death. It’s often best to take down a boss or simply run a lap of an area that has harder enemies to farm Runes fast in Elden Ring. Read More: Elden Ring character classes guide – Once you have acquired enough Runes, simply head back to any Site of Grace select and ‘Level Up’ from the menu. From here, you’ll be able to spend your Runes on any stats you wish to increase. So, there you have it, that everything you need to know about how to level up in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. Elden Ring PC requirements | Elden Ring multiplayer | Elden Ring character classes | Elden Ring character creator | Elden Ring New Game Plus | Survive an invasion in Elden Ring | Best Elden Ring class for your first run | How to get the Horse in Elden Ring | Elden Ring stats explained

How to get the Winged Scythe in Elden Ring: Map location FromSoftwareThe Winged Scythe is a powerful weapon in Elden Ring but how can you get it in the game? Just like the Uchigatana and Rivers of Blood in Elden Ring, the Winged Scythe is a great weapon to get ahold of in the early game, especially thanks to its Bleed passive which makes those tougher bosses, enemies, and invasions much easier to deal with. This is exactly how you can get the Winged Scythe in Elden Ring, and an overview of the weapon. Winged Scythe location in Elden Ring The Winged Scythe is located in the Tombsward Ruins, which can be accessed by warping to the Church of Pilgrimage and heading directly southwest. If you don’t have this location unlocked, then follow the steps outlined below: Travel to the Agheel Lake North Site of Grace. – Follow the southeastern path and cross the bridge. – Keep following the path and rest at the Site of Grace near the Bridge of Sacrifice. – Trek down the road until it divides and take the right turn. – Continue along the path until you reach the Church of Pilgrimage. – From the church, simply head southwest until you reach the Tombsward ruins. – Once you’ve located the ruins, head down into the basement. You can either kill or run past the enemies inside, but just make sure you open the door at the back. This will reveal the chest that contains the Winged Scythe. Winged Scythe overview Before you can use the Winged Sycthe in the game, you’ll need to have at least 16 Strength, 16 Dexterity, and 24 Faith. It’s a solid ranged weapon to wield if you prefer to keep your enemies at a distance during combat. The Scythe can cause a Blood Loss build-up of +55. The Angel’s Wings weapon skill imbues the Scythe with light and launches the player into the air to inflict a powerful slashing attack down on the enemy. The Winged Scathe cannot be infused with Ashes of War, or enhanced with Magic or consumables. For more Elden Ring content, check out our guides below:

How to get the White Mask of Varre in Elden Ring FromSoftwareOne of the best pieces of headgear in Elden Ring is the White Mask of Varre but how can you get it in the game? The White Mask of Varre, otherwise known as The Surgeons Mask is one of the most sought-after pieces of gear in Elden Ring but it’s not an easy item to unlock. If you’re focusing on a bleed build, however, the increased power of hemorrhage build-up makes the Mask essential so it’s worth investing the time to find it. This is exactly how to get the White Mask of Varre in Elden Ring, and the best ways to use it to create a devastating bleed build. Contents Follow Varre’s questline You’ll meet Varre when you emerge from the opening area into the Lands Between. He’ll be stood on a ridge overlooking the Tree Sentinel and will encourage you to make your way to Stormveil Castle and kill Godrick. Take his advice but return to this location after Godrick is dead to read a message left for you by Varre. You’ll next meet this creepy character at Rose Church in Liurnia and he’ll tell you a little more about his cause – and his demigod Master. He’ll give you three Festering Fingers and encourage you to invade and kill three other players. The area is a PVP hotspot, so finding an opponent will be easy. The good news is you don’t need to win, just complete the invasion. Once you’ve dueled three other players to the death, Varre will also ask you to dip his rag in the blood of a Finger Maiden. You can find this at both the Church of Inhibition in North Liurnia and the Chapel of Anticipation, or you can murder Irina if she’s not dead already. Enter Mogwyn Palace early Varre will then invite you to join the Mogwyn Dynasty to serve Mohg, The Lord of Blood, and will then give you the Pureblood Knights Medal. This can be used to warp to Mohg’s lair at any time you like, this is where you can find the White Mask. Varre will tell you not to use it yet and to wait for Mohg’s summons, but this will never come, so use it whenever you’re ready to invade Mohg’s lair and go looking for the mask. You can access the Mogwyn Palace without playing through this quest by going through a portal in the Consecrated Snowfield, but this is much, much later in the game. Following Varre’s quest allows you to find the White Mask a lot earlier. Finding the White Mask of Varre If you choose to use the Pureblood Knights Medal and warp to the Mogwyn Palace after Varre gives you the medal, this will be seen as an act of treachery by Varre. Be warned, the Mogwyn Palace and surrounding area is a high-level part of the game. So, if you’re still exploring Liunia you’ll be very underleveled – so tread carefully. The good news is you don’t need to fight/kill Varre or Mohg to get the White Mask, this is something we advise you to do later when you’re able to take both characters down. Mohg is at the top of Mogwyn Palace and Varre can be invaded at the bottom of the stairs to Mohg’s lair. To get the White Mask, explore the lake of blood area until you’re invaded by one of the Bloody Surgeons. These invaders aren’t so tough one-on-one and each one can potentially drop a White Mask and other parts of the Surgeon’s set. Kill them one at a time to be safe, and keep farming them until one drops a White Mask. You may need to return to the Site of Grace to make them respawn. You can then snag the item and carry on with the main quest, leaving Mohg and Varre for later. Using the White Mask of Varre Those looking to create a still ridiculously overpowered bleed build in Elden Ring will need the White Mask of Varre. This is a lightweight mask offering moderate protection from damage, but its main draw is that it increases bleed damage nearby by 10% for 20 seconds. It then does it again and again, essentially making the 10% bleed damage boost permanent if you’re using a build that causes hemorrhage every few attacks. Couple this with some weapons that cause bleed build-up, and the Lord of Blood’s Exaltation Talisman (that increases bleed damage by 20%), and you’ve got a build that does a huge amount of extra damage when you inflict bleed on your enemy. Bleed weapons This is why the White Mask is so sought after by those creating a Dexterity + Arcane build. Using katanas like Rivers of Blood and a bleed-infused Uchigatana, as well as some bleed-focused Ashes of War, you can do major damage to enemies – and the White Mask of Varre allows you to boost this further. Remember though, for the White Mask to do its work, you need to be using a bleed build and some of the various items above. That’s because their effects stack, making you even more deadly. For more Elden Ring content, check out our coverage below: Best early weapons for all builds & where to find them | Best Spirit Ashes ranked | Best starting class | New weapon types in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree | Elden Ring characters guide: All classes explained

How to get the Uchigatana in Elden Ring FromSoftwareThe Uchigatana is one of the best Dexterity weapons in Elden Ring, but it can be very easy to miss. So, here’s how you can get your hands on this razor-sharp Katana. The Uchigatana is a great Katana in Elden Ring especially if you’re focusing on Dexterity builds due to its quick attacks, Bleed passive, and powerful weapon skill. Whether you’re tackling bosses, defeating invaders, or just standard enemies, it’s a solid choice but it can be difficult to find in the game. This is how you can get your hands on the Uchigatana in Elden Ring, and what stats you’ll need before you can wield it. The Uchi is the starting weapon for the Samurai Class, but here’s how to find it if you start the game as a different class. Uchigatana location in Elden Ring The Elden Ring Uchigatana is located in the Deathtouched Catacombs, which can be accessed by following the steps outlined below: Travel through Stormgate. – Head north towards the Warmaster’s Shack. – Once at the shack, simply travel northeast until you reach the Deathtouched Catacombs. – Enter the dungeon and rest at the Site of Grace. – After resting, follow the tunnel into the catacombs and either run past or take down any skeletons that get in your way. Turn right at the very bottom of the stairs and head through the narrow passageway. Take the next left through the next passage and interact with the body on the ledge to claim the Uchigatana. Uchigatana overview Before you can wield the Uchigatana Kantana you’ll need to have at least 11 Strength and 15 Dexterity. It’s a great weapon for inflicting slash and piercing damage in battle and causes a Blood Loss build-up of 45. It’s also possible to dual-wield two Uchigatana at once which will double the amount of blood loss build-up and damage you inflict on foes. The Unsheathe weapon skill delivers a swift high-damage attack on enemies which can be extremely effective particularly if you’re unleashing it on unsuspecting enemies from behind. You can enhance the Katana with both Smithing Stones and Ashes of War. For more Elden Ring content, check out our coverage below: Best early weapons for all builds & where to find them | Best Spirit Ashes ranked | Best starting class | New weapon types in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree | Elden Ring characters guide: All classes explained

How to get the Twinblade in Elden Ring FromSoftwareThe Elden Ring Twinblade location is easy to miss if you’re not careful, so make sure you use our guide to pick this double-bladed weapon up early. Elden Ring has a weapon type for every kind of playstyle, which makes finding new equipment incredibly exciting. One of the most fun is the Twinblade; this double-bladed weapon is very agile, which enables Tarnished to deliver a flurry of deadly slices to their foes. If you prefer speed over heavy-hitting attacks, then unlocking this weapon early on will certainly help you beat many a boss in The Lands Between. Of course, finding the Twinblade location in Elden Ring can be a little tricky, especially if you don’t even know where to begin looking. Whether you’re aiming to replicate the awesome Darth Maul lightsaber build or just want to unlock every weapon in the game, then our handy Twinblade guide has you covered. Twinblade location in Elden Ring The Twinblade is located in the center of Agheel Lake and can be unlocked as soon as you begin your adventure. While the dragon (Flying Dragon Agheel) that stalks the lakebed may look menacing, you can simply ride past this optional boss or dispatch him if you wish. Read More: How to get the Moonveil Katana in Elden Ring – Despite its colossal size, this dragon actually incredibly simple to take down. In fact, you can use a number of tips outlined in our Flying Dragon Agheel boss guide to fell this beast for good. Once you’ve either beaten the dragon or ridden past it, simply follow the tips outlined below: Travel to the Dragon-Burnt Ruins in the center of Agheel Lake. – Head to the building that has no entryway in. – Call your horse and use it to jump over the wall. – Walk into the basement and open the chest. – So, there you have it – everything you need to do to get your hands on the Twinblade in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | Elden Ring Starscourge Radahn | Elden Ring Gold Scarab Talisman | Elden Ring health debuff | Elden Ring Icon Shield

How to get the Moonveil Katana in Elden Ring FromSoftwareOne of the best weapons in Elden Ring is the Moonveil Katana, and this is how to find it early on in the game. Katanas are a popular weapon choice in Elden Ring, and one of the deadliest is the Moonveil Katana. This razor-sharp Japanese sword can deal devastating damage to bosses, invaders, and standard enemies once it’s been upgraded but it can be tricky to find. This is exactly how to locate the Moonveil Katana in Elden Ring, and how to defeat the boss that drops it. Contents Moonveil Katana location in Elden Ring The Moonveil Katana is located in Caelid and is dropped by the optional Magma Wyrm boss that is lurking in the Gael Tunnel. While this location can be located early on in the game, the boss can prove pretty tricky for low-level players, especially since its attacks dish out a lot of damage. To get to the Moonveil Katana location, simply follow the instructions outlined below: Head through Limgrave, and travel towards the Summonwater Village ruins. – Follow the path until you find the Shack of the Rotting. – Once at the Shack, travel south and continue running until you see two soldiers standing near a campsite. – Either dispatch them or sneak past to enter the cave. – Carefully use the wooden platforms to drop down into the Gael Tunnel. – Once you’ve successfully made it to the bottom of the cave, you’ll be able to rest at the Site of Grace. We recommend doing this, as you’ll encounter a number of soldiers on your path to face the Magma Wyrm. Simply follow the tunnel and pick up any items along your way. However, before you head through the fog gate, be sure to rest at the second Site of Grace. This can be found by heading directly through the opposite door near the boss room. After resting at this location, head through the fog wall and begin your fight with the Magma Wyrm. How to beat Magma Wyrm Elden Ring In order to successfully beat the Magma Wyrm in Elden Ring, you’ll want to stick close to the beast’s hind legs. Doing so will enable you to avoid the majority of the monster’s fire-based attacks. Occasionally, the Magma Wyrm will slam down into the ground with its two colossal claws, so be sure to roll towards the tail before it lands. Its claw swipe attack also has a decent amount of range, but can be negated by keeping to the back of the beast’s tail. Constantly circle around the boss and chip away at its health bar until it eventually falls to the ground. During the downed state, run round to the Magma Wyrm’s head to deliver a lethal weakpoint hit. Simply rinse and repeat this method to defeat this fire-breathing monster and claim the Moonveil Katana as your well-earned prize. Moonveil Katana overview To wield the Moonveil Katana you’ll need to have at least 12 Strength, 18 Dexterity, and 23 Intelligence. It can deal Slash and Pierce damage in combat and causes a Blood Loss build-up of +50. Its unique weapon skill, Transient Moonlight allows you to draw the Katana at great speed to inflict an instant slash attack that conquers waves of light. The Moonveil Katana cannot be infused with Ashes of War, or enhanced by Magic and Consumables. For more Elden Ring content, check out our coverage below:

Elden Ring Meteorite Staff: Location & how to get it FromSoftwareThere are extraordinary weapons for those Tarnished who choose to go through The Lands Between with a magic build, such as the Meteorite Staff. This ranged weapon can deal extremely powerful spells, so here’s how to get it in Elden Ring. Elden Ring players looking for a powerful Glintstone Stave will want to add the Meteorite Staff to their arsenal. This magical weapon is particularly useful in the early to mid-game boss fights, which is largely down to its S scaling in Intelligence. Not only do the game’s best Mage builds have access to some incredibly powerful spells, but they can unleash devastating damage from afar. This makes them incredibly safe to play and relatively easy to master. So, if you want to become powerful early on in the game or just wish to collect every Elden Ring weapon, then our Meteorite Staff location guide has you covered. Contents Where to find the Meteorite Staff in Elden Ring – How to get the Meteorite Staff in Elden Ring – Meteorite Staff stats – Meteorite Staff details – Where to find the Meteorite Staff in Elden Ring The Meteorite Staff is located in Caelid, near the Street of Sages Ruins. If you have this area of the map unlocked, then simply travel to the Aeonia Swamp Shore Site of Grace and head directly north until you reach the ruins. How to get the Meteorite Staff in Elden Ring Once you’re at this location, simply look for the small building with stairs. There will be a tiny room that has a number of poisonous plants inside it, so quickly rush in or use ranged attacks to defeat them. After clearing the area of any danger, head inside and interact with the corpse that is hanging out the window. This will reward you with the Meteorite Staff. Of course, if you don’t have access to any Sites of Grace in Caelid, then follow the instructions outlined below. Head over to the Dragon Burnt Ruins in the center of Agheel Lake. – Head down the steps that lead into the ruined basement. – Open the door and interact with the chest. – The chest will teleport you to Sellia Crystal Tunnel. – Jump down into the cavern and run towards the small tunnel on the left side. – Activate the Site of Grace and follow the tunnel outside. – Head directly northwest until you reach the ruins. – Meteorite Staff stats Here are the stats for this excellent weapon: Attack Physical: 39 – Sorcery: 138 – Guard Physical: 28 – Magic: 17 – Fire: 17 – Lightning: 17 – Holy: 17 – Boost: 17 – Scaling Strength: D – Intelligence: S – Requires Strength: 6 – Intelligence: 18 – Meteorite Staff details This particular staff has great stats, however, it’s worth noting that it has no skills, and cannot be infused with Ashes of War, or enchanted with either Magic or consumables. It can’t be upgraded, but it can help boost the power of Gravity sorceries by 30%, like Rock Sling, Collapsing Stars, Meteorite of Astel, and more. For more Elden Ring, check some of our guides below: Elden Ring Uchigatana | Elden Ring Moonveil Katana | How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Best Elden Ring settings

How to get the horse in Elden Ring: Spectral Steed Whistle, Spirit Springs, more FromSoftwareGetting a mount in Elden Ring enables you to travel across Lands Between at incredible speeds, granting unique attacks and traversal opportunities. Here’s how you can get the spectral steed. Elden Ring is home to plenty of new mechanics to the Souls series. In fact, one of the best new features is the game’s mount system, which allows players to ride their very own horse. For the first time ever, Dark Souls fans can summon a spectral steed and gallop through the blood-soaked battlefields of the Lands Between. Not only does the spectral steed help with overworld exploration, but it can also enable adventurers to reach inaccessible areas. There are also a number of attacks that can be performed when riding, making this a particularly useful mechanic for taking down bosses. So, if you’re wondering how you can unlock the horse in Elden Ring and get your very first mount, we have you covered. Contents How to unlock the horse in Elden Ring – How to revive your horse in Elden Ring – How to ride your horse in Elden Ring – How to use Spirit Spring Jumps in Elden Ring – How to unlock the horse in Elden Ring In order to unlock the horse in Elden Ring, you’ll need to first obtain the Spectral Steed Whistle. The Spectral Steed Whistle is unlocked after you have discovered a total of three Sites of Grace. These resting points are similar to Dark Souls’ Bonfires, which replenish your character’s HP, FP, and refill all of your Sacred Flasks. Read More: Elden Ring PC requirements – Once you have discovered the third Site of Grace, Melina will give you the Spectral Steed Whistle. This item can then be used to summon your horse in Elden Ring. It’s important to note that you cannot summon it in some areas or dungeons, so don’t be alarmed if your horse doesn’t appear. How to revive your horse in Elden Ring The lands of Elden Ring can be incredibly brutal and there may be times when your horse may succumb to its wounds. Fortunately, if your spectral steed dies, it can be revived by consuming a Flask of Crimson Tears. Read More: Elden Ring character classes guide – Simply drink the flask and your horse will be as good as new. If you don’t have any Flask of Crimson Tears to consume, then simply rest at a Site of Grace to replenish all your flasks. How to ride your horse in Elden Ring If you wish to ride the horse in Elden Ring, follow the instructions outlined below: Equip the Spectral Steed Whistle to your quick item menu. – Press the allocated button to blow the whistle. – Blow the Spectral Steed Whistle while mounted to dismount. – You also get down from your horse by using the L3/L button. If you do this while moving, you’ll be able to jump off and get straight into combat. How to use Spirit Spring Jumps in Elden Ring One of the most useful functions of Elden Ring’s new mount system is the ability to traverse previously unreachable areas via Spirit Springs. These wind-based portals can be used whenever the player is riding their horse. Here’s how you can use them: Summon your horse with the Spectral Steed Whistle. – Approach the Spirit Spring. – While mounted and near the Spirit Spring, press the ‘X/A’ button to ride the current high into the air. – Unlike regular fall damage, you won’t take any damage from jumping into a Spirit Spring while on horseback, so be sure to use them to travel great heights. So, there you have it, everything you need to know about unlocking the horse in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. Elden Ring PC requirements | Elden Ring multiplayer | Elden Ring character classes | Elden Ring character creator | Elden Ring New Game Plus | Survive an invasion in Elden Ring | Best Elden Ring class for your first run | How to level up in Elden Ring | Elden Ring stats explained

How to get the Bloodhound’s Fang in Elden Ring FromSoftwareThe Bloodhound’s Fang has long been considered one of the best Dexterity weapons in Elden Ring. We’ve put together a quick guide on how to acquire it. Before crossing the fog to The Lands Between, did you pick a Dexterity-focused class for your Elden Ring playthrough? If you did, you’ll want to get ahold of the Bloodhound’s Fang. This Curved Greatsword has one of the most useful Ashes of War in the game for avoiding and dealing damage, great Dexterity scaling, Bleed buildup, and you can get it super early. At least, you can if you follow this guide. The following is everything you need to know about how to get the Bloodhound’s Fang in Elden Ring. This includes where to find it, and how to beat its original owner; Bloodhound Knight Darriwil. Where to find the Bloodhound’s Fang in Elden Ring The Bloodhound’s Fang is found in the Forlorn Hound Evergaol in Limgrave. That’s right, the starting area of the game. This means, if you’re so inclined, you could make a beeline right to it and pick it up straight away. The Forlorn Hound Evergaol is directly south of the Agheel Lake South Site of Grace and it only takes about 20 seconds to get there on Torrent. You’ll know you’re there when you see a big stone bowl-looking thing surrounded by worms made of rocks. Now, the reason you might not want to head straight here to get the Bloodhound’s Fang is because Elden Ring – like most FromSoftware titles – is a little hard. To get the weapon, you need to enter the Evergaol and beat its wielder; Bloodhound Knight Darriwil. This can be a little tricky in the early game thanks to his quick movement, frustrating bleed damage, and your own lack of healing flasks and stats. Luckily there’s a pretty easy way to dispatch him and loot the Bloodhound’s Fang from his mangled corpse. How to beat Bloodhound Knight Darriwil in Elden Ring Look, if you’re confident in your abilities or happy enough to ‘git gud’, I suppose you could just head straight to the Forlor Hound Evergaol and 1V1 Darriwil. But if you’re concerned about the struggle, you can always get help. To get the Bloodhound’s Fang in Elden Ring with the least amount of fuss (in combat at least), you can enlist the help of Blaidd the Half-Wolf. He’s located in the Mistwood Ruins in Limgrave’s east and all you need to do is use the Finger Snap gesture given to you by the merchant Kale will allow you to speak with him. Talking to Blaidd before going to the Forlorn Hound Evergaol will allow you to summon him and help you fight Darriwil. And by help, I mean do it for you. If you can keep out of the way, Blaidd will annihilate Bloodhound Knigh Darriwil all by himself and you’ve got yourself a free Bloodhound’s Fang to show for it. Upon defeating Darriwil and talking to Blaidd outside the Evergaol, he’ll also give you a Somber Smithing Stone (2) which is an upgrade material for the weapon you just got. Smith it to level 2 and the Bloodhound’s Fang will make you an early game Powerhouse. Just make sure you’ve got the stats to wield it. Bloodhound’s Fang stat requirements in Elden Ring The Bloodhound’s Fang requires 17 Dexterity and 18 Strength to use effectively so make sure you’re prepared. I know we hyped this as a Dexterity weapon and it does scale primarily with the stat but you’ll need some muscle to wield such a heavy sword. Once you can though, the Bloodhound’s Fang’s unique Ash of War is one of the best available in Elden Ring. Bloodhound’s Finesse causes you to do a backflipping slash away from an enemy while dealing more damage than a charged heavy attack. This can also be followed up with a heavy attack called Bloodhound’s Step which teleports through enemy attacks and deals major damage. Your enemies literally won’t know what hit them. Couple this with its decent bleed buildup and it’s easy to see why so many players have a fondness for the weapon. Follow the steps above to get the Bloodhound’s Fang in Elden Ring and you’ll be fond of it too.

How to get the Belurat Storeroom Key in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree and where to use it Dexerto/FromSoftwareElden Ring‘s long-awaited Shadow of the Erdtree DLC has finally arrived and players have been racing to unlock its secrets. One of the items you can discover is the Storeroom Key, so here’s everything you need to know to track it down and use it. Slightly bizarrely, after discovering the key, you will have progressed beyond the Storeroom it unlocks. It’s well worth doubling back, though, as it leads to your first encounter with Hornsent Grandam, a member of the race that calls Belurat, Tower Settlement home. Returning to Hornsent Grandam at specific points later on rewards you with an interesting spell and new item along the way. With all that in mind, here’s our guide to finding the Storeroom Key and using it in the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. Where to get the Belurat Storeroom Key The key itself can be found close to the center of Belurat, Tower Settlement. Your best landmark is the “Small Private Altar” Site of Grace. From there, head out and up the stairs to the right, avoiding or confronting the Horned Knight along the way. Head round to the left and kill the first Shade, before proceeding around the corner and fighting two more. You should notice some rubble there, so jump over it and head into the little room opposite. You’ll find yet another Shade standing in front of the ladder. Kill it and head up to the next level. There, you will find a corpse at the top of the ladder that can be looted to get the key. Where to use the Belurat Storeroom Key Fast travel back to the Small Private Altar Site of Grace, this time heading left to the expansive walkway. Beware that you will quickly come across two further Sorcerer Shades, so be ready to dispatch them, then travel further down the path. From there, the entrance to the Storeroom is on your left. Inside you will find the aforementioned Hornsent Grandam. She’ll have plenty to say but isn’t particularly useful until you have killed the Belurat, Tower Settlement boss Divine Beast Dancing Lion. Return to her after you have done so (while wearing the boss reward) and you will be rewarded the Watchful Spirit spell. That’s everything you need to know about tracking down the Storeroom Key and using it in Elden Ring. If you’re wondering how to defeat the Divine Beast Dancing Lion, or if another boss is on your radar, have a look at our locations guide for every boss in Shadow of the Erdtree.

How to get the Academy Glintstone Key in Elden Ring From SoftwareThe Raya Lucaria Academy is a massive dungeon in Elden Ring, but you’ll need two of the elusive Glintstone Keys to access it and make it all the way through. Here’s where and how to find them. Inside of the Raya Lucaria Academy — or just “the Academy” for short — players can find multiple bosses, items, and tons of Runes from enemies. However, to access this area and get through it, you’ll need two of Glintstone Keys, which can be tricky to hunt down all on your own. Here’s where you can find them and where to put them to use. Where to find the Academy Glintstone Key in Elden Ring – What do to with the Glintstone Key in Elden Ring – Where to find the Academy Glintstone Key in Elden Ring There are two places to find this key, but only one is available at first. You’ll need to use the first key you get to unlock the Academy itself, where you’ll find key number two. This first is at Liurnia of the Lakes, to the south of the site of grace at the Crystalline Woods. To get it, you’ll need to defeat the boss Glintstone Dragon Smarag as it’s located right behind them. Once you have the first key you can actually access the Academy, which is where the second key is. This one is found on a corpse in the chandelier of the Church of the Cuckoo’s ceiling. To get there, you want to go through the broken glass window of the church via the rooftops from the courtyard. What do to with the Glintstone Key in Elden Ring Once you have the first Glintstone Key from Smarag, you’ll be able to get inside of the Academy itself. Inside the Academy, you can find the Red Wolf of Radagon and Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon. These bosses are key to advancing through Elden Ring’s story, so if you want to reach the end of the game you’ll need to fight them eventually. There you have it – exactly where to find the two Glintstone Keys in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides: Best Elden Ring PC settings | Elden Ring Rennala | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Radagon | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted

How to get Rogier’s Rapier in Elden Ring FromSoftwareRogier’s Rapier in Elden Ring is an excellent option for players focusing on dexterity and strong character builds. Here’s how can you get the unique weapon in-game. Elden Ring gives players a heap of weapons to acquire within its vast, mythical wasteland. There’s something for everyone, no matter what type of build you’re creating for your character. If you’re leaning towards dexterity and strength, starter options like the Uchigatana are great, but Rogier’s Rapier provides players with an easy boost early in the game. Here’s how to get your hands on it. Contents How to find Sorcerer Rogier in Elden Ring Locating Sorcerer Rogier can initially be difficult, especially if you’re progressing at a lower level, but it isn’t impossible. Before you can proceed with the following steps, you’ll need to defeat Margit, the Fell Omen first. Once you’ve shown him who the real boss is, proceed with the following: Traverse through the next area, reaching the Site of Grace at Rampart Tower – Replenish your flasks (in case you’re low) and outside to the roof – Carefully take care of the three birds, avoiding their explosive barrels – Drop down on the lower roof and down through the Chapel’s opening – Sorcerer Rogier will be waiting in the Chapel hall – How to get Rogier’s Rapier in Elden Ring Once you’ve located Sorcerer Rogier and spoken to him, you’ll have the hefty task of defeating Godrick the Grafted to do next. After you’ve turned him to dust, Sorcerer Rogier will be waiting for you: Fast travel to the Roundtable Hold – Find Sorcerer Rogier located at the balcony – Speak to him – He will gift you the Rapier – Rogier’s Rapier is notable for its buff qualities, which rely on dexterity and strength. You’ll need a minimum of 17 and 8 respectively to wield it properly. Equipped with a Thrusting based ability, the Rapier outs 136 + 55 damage on opponents. What’s even better about Rogier’s Rapier is the fact it comes with the Glintblade Phalanx, which summons four spectral swords that be sent towards enemies, dealing decent damage and staggering them if you’re lucky. Now you’re all set to acquire Rogier’s Rapier. If you’re looking to conquer more of Elden Ring’s challenges, here are some guides to help: Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | How to beat Radahn | How to Beat Godfrey |

How to get Rock Sling spell in Elden Ring FromSoftwareRock Sling is a powerful Gravity Sorcery in Elden Ring. Here is how you can get access to this spell easily. Elden Ring is filled with powerful sorceries that will give you a significant advantage against the various bosses. One sorcery you can come across is Rock Sling, a powerful spell that can be grabbed early in the game and will make your journey a lot easier. Apart from dealing decent damage, Rock Sling is also good at stunning bosses. This will allow you to land another critical attack or buy time to heal and catch your breath. Here’s what you need to do to get Rock Sling in Elden Ring. Elden Ring: How to get Rock Sling sorcery Rock Sling can be found in Caelid at the Street of Sage’s Ruins. If you’re just exploring naturally, it could take a while before you reach this place. However, there is a shortcut that will help you grab this spell early. The steps to get access to Rock Sling have been discussed below: Step 1: Reach Dragon-Burnt Ruins Make your way to the Dragon-Burnt Ruins. You can find this place in the middle of Agheel Lake, on the right-hand side of The First Step site of Grace. Just be cautious that Agheel Lake is also home to an enemy called Flying Dragon Agheel, who will be challenging if you try fighting in the very early game, so don’t worry about him yet. Step 2: Head to the basement of Dragon-Burnt Ruins Once you reach Dragon Burnt Ruins, ignore all the enemies and make your way to the basement of this place, through an opening in the ground you will find in the middle of the ruins. In the basement, you will find a couple of rats. It is recommended you kill the first before proceeding. Upon defeating the rats, open the door in front of you, and interact with the chest inside. This chest is a teleporter trap that will take you to Sellia Crystal Tunnel. Step 3: Make your way to Caelid Once you teleport to Sellia Crystal Tunnel, walk forward, and take a hard U-turn to the right. After the right turn, proceed forward and you will come across a staircase. Use the staircase to go down and hit the Sellia Crystal Tunnel site of Grace. From here, walk towards the entrance of the cave and you are now in Caelid. As a note of caution, the Sellia Crystal Tunnel has an enemy called Lesser Kindred of Rot. These are pest-like creatures who will attack you with long-range moves that will one-shot you in the early game. You should run to the Sellia Crystal Tunnel site of Grace as fast as possible so that if you die, you can respawn here. Step 4: Proceed to the Street of Sages Ruins From the entrance of Sellia Crystal Tunnel, get on top of Torrent, and start moving northwest. As you ride on Torrent, you will see the Swamp of Aeonia to your left, which is the lake filled with a liquid that will inflict you with Scarlet Rot if you try to traverse through it barefoot. It does not have any effect if you are on Torrent. Skip any enemy you see here, and eventually, you will reach the Street of Sages Ruins in the middle of the Swamp of Aeonia. Step 5: How to find Rock Sling Once you reach the Street of Sages Ruins, you need to reach the basement, similar to how you did it in Dragon-Burnt Ruins. The opening to the basement is easy to locate as it is surrounded by an enemy called Servant of Rot. These enemies wear a funny-looking mushroom hat, use a stick to walk, and attack you with poison. Defeat these enemies if you need to and go down the stairs until you reach a closed door. Lift the door and you will see a chest that you need to open. Inside the chest, you will find the Rock Sling gravitational sorcery. As it happens, in the Street of Sages Ruins, you will also get access to the Meteorite Staff. This staff can be looted from a body hanging from a window. The Meteorite Staff boots gravity sorceries, which means it synergizes well with Rock Sling. Elden Ring Uchigatana | Elden Ring Moonveil Katana | How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key |

How to get Nagakiba Katana in Elden Ring FromSoftwareThe Nagakiba is a Katana in Elden Ring that you get from completing Bloody Finger Hunter Yura’s quest. Here is everything you need to know about it. The Katana is one of the various weapon classes that you can use in Elden Ring. There are multiple Katanas like the Uchigatana, Rivers of Blood, Moonveil, and more that you can find while exploring the game. Each of these has dexterity scaling in addition to strength, arcane, or magic, thereby opening up a variety of build options. One such weapon you can get in Elden Ring is Nagakiba, which is also part of the Katana family. This weapon scales off strength and dexterity and is a lot longer than others in this class. This means you can maintain a good distance from your enemy when using the Nagakiba and thereby use the spacing to your advantage. It’s also a popular choice for those making bleed builds. Elden Ring: How to get Nagakiba Katana Nagakiba Katana can be obtained as part of Bloody Finger Hunter Yura’s questline. You can get a full breakdown on how to complete the quest in our guide. However, there is a second way to get the weapon if you do not complete the questline. Following Yura’s questline If you are following Yura’s questline, here is how you receive the Nagakiba: Make your way to Altus Plateau and travel to the Second Church of Marika – Interact with a defeated Yura in the middle of the church – Once you exhaust his dialogue, he will die and drop the Nagakiba – When you go to pick up the Nagakiba from Yura’s body, you will also get invaded by Bloody Finger Eleonora, a figure from Yura’s past whom he set out to vanquish. Once you defeat her, you’ll be able to pick up Eleonora’s Poleblade, and the Purifying Crystal Tear. Did not follow Yura’s questline Yura’s body will eventually be taken over by an entity known as Shabriri, an important figure in the Frenzied Flame questline, who you’ll be able to meet in the Mountaintops of the Giants. If you didn’t follow Yura’s quest, the Nagakiba can be found in the first location where you were supposed to meet the Bloody Finger Hunter originally. This will be under the archway, to the left of Agheel Lake South Site of Grace. If you did complete Yura’s quest and have no intention of unlocking the Frenzied Flame ending in this playthrough, then you may wish to release your old friend from Shabriri’s control. Elden Ring Uchigatana | Elden Ring Moonveil Katana | How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key

How to get the Meteoric Ore Blade in Elden Ring: Map location FromSoftwareThe Meteoric Ore Blade is one of the best Katanas in Elden Ring but exactly how can you get it in the game? The fabled Meteoric Ore Blade is a Katana renowned for its unparalleled strength in Elden Ring, and just like the Moonveil and Uchigatana, it lets players swiftly slice through their opponents but it’s not the easiest weapon to find in the game. Whether you want to wield the Meteoric Ore Blade against tough bosses, standard enemies, or to survive an invasion, this is how and where you can find it in Elden Ring. Contents Where to find the Meteoric Ore Blade in Elden Ring – How to get the Meteoric Ore Blade in Elden Ring – Meteoric Ore Blade overview – Where to find the Meteoric Ore Blade in Elden Ring The Meteoric Ore Blade can be found in the Caelid Waypoint Ruins, inside a chest in a room at the back of an underground hall. However, the entrance is found in the northwest part of the area. How to get the Meteoric Ore Blade in Elden Ring There are two paths you can follow to reach the Caelid Waypoint Ruins in the game. If you’ve already been around Limgrave and have unlocked most Sites of Grace there, simply follow the instructions outlined below. Fast Travel to the Summonwater Village Site of Grace. – Continue northeast until you reach the Smoldering Church. – Now go all the way south following a straight line path until you reach Caelid Waypoint Ruins. – If you’re just starting your adventure and are nowhere near the border between Limgrave and Caelid, you can reach the Meteoric Ore Blade Katana this way: Go back to the Dragon-Burnt Ruines that are near the Stranded Graveyard, the first location you visit after the game’s tutorial. – Avoid fighting the dragon and look for the stairs to the basement. – Kill all the rats there and open the door. – Search for a chest, interact with it and it will teleport you straight to the Sellia Crystal Tunnel in Caelid. – Activate the Site of Grace near the exit and get out of the tunnel. – Go southwest to the Caelid Waypoint Ruins. – Once you reach Caelid Waypoint Ruins, simply head northwest towards the ruins in the distance. Amongst the rubble, you should see some stairs leading down to a basement. Dismount Torrent and proceed into the room below. You can either choose to fight the Prawn Miners inside or simply run past them. It’s important to note that these creepy crustaceans hit pretty hard and can kill low-level characters within a few hits. If you plan on claiming the Meteoric Ore Blade early on, then be sure to open the door and quickly make a dash for the exit to avoid a frustrating death. The door will be directly in front of you, so just open it and unlock the chest to claim the Meteoric Ore Blade as your prize. Meteoric Ore Blade overview Before you can wield Meteoric Ore Blade in Elden Ring, you’ll need at least 15 Strength, 14 Dexterity, and 18 Intelligence. This katana can inflict pierce and slash damage to enemies and has a Blood Loss build-up of +50. Its unique weapon skill is Gravitas, an attack that thrusts the blade onto the ground to create a gravity well that pulls in foes and damages them. It deals a lower amount of damage but makes up for this with an expansive area of effect so it’s ideal to use on large mobs of enemies. You can’t infuse this Blade with Ashes of War, boost its power with Consumables, or enchant it with Magic. For more Elden Ring content, check out our guides below:

How to get Deathroot in Elden Ring FromSoftware Inc.As a Key Item, Deathroot is classed as one of the more important items to track down and pursue when playing through Elden Ring. Here’s everything you need to know about what it does and where to get Deathroot in the game. For those who don’t know, Key Items serve highly specific purposes, allowing players to access new areas or advance the story more generally. These can vary wildly, but Deathroot is worth pursuing once leveled enough to defeat those who guard their locations. The purpose of Deathroot in the game is to feed it to Gurranq, Beast Clergyman. He can be found at the Bestial Sanctum in Dragonbarrow, and he rewards those who bring him Deathroot to feed upon. These rewards include powerful Incantations, Sacred Seals and Ashes of War. Fortunately, there are several places that fit the bill. Here is where to get Deathroot in Elden Ring. Elden Ring Deathroot locations Altus Plateau (Wyndham Ruins) This is the first of four Deathroot that require the player to kill a Tibia Mariner. This is the more difficult of the bunch and should be avoided until better geared. Altus Plateau (Gelmir Hero’s Grave) The Red Wolf of the Champion stands between the player and their coveted Deathroot here, as the fearsome beast watches over the Gelmir Hero’s Grave. Watch out for the Sorceries it employs and you should be fine. Limgrave (Deathtouched Catacombs) Head to the Deathtouched Catacombs in Limgrave, and you’ll eventually stumble across a Black Knife Assassin. After defeating the Assassin, there is a relatively obvious chest behind the spawn that should hold Deathroot to collect. Limgrave (Summonwater Village) Head over to Summonwater Village and take on the Tibia Mariner there. It should drop a Deathroot for you to collect and is arguably the easiest in the list to get hold of at earlier levels. Just watch out for the enormous horn. Liurnia of the Lakes (Black Knife Catacombs) Head to the Black Knife Catacombs and look out for the Cemetery Shade (as difficult as that may be). Watch out for its very fast attacks and it’s a relatively easy encounter to win. From there, simply find the chest in the immediate area and loot the Deathroot. Liurnia of the Lakes Head over to the Eastern side of Liurnia of the Lakes and look out for the next Tibia Mariner. It should be found just to the West of Jarburg and relatively easy to find and defeat. Mountaintops of the Giants (near Castle Sol) The final Tibia Mariner can be found just Southwest of Castle Sol, in the Mountaintops of the Giant Region. There are few surprises here, and it should be a relatively similar encounter to the other Mariner fights in this list. Mountaintops of the Giants (Hidden Path Catacombs) This is arguably the most difficult Deathroot to track down and claim. Enter the catacombs underneath the Hidden Path of the Haligtree until you meet the Stray Mimic Tear. Defeat it and loot the nearby chest to claim your Deathroot reward. Mountaintops of the Giants (Giants’ Mountaintop Catacombs) Head over to the Giants’ Mountaintop Catacombs and make your way through the initial areas. From there, you should come across an Ulcerated Tree Spirit boss. Defeat it and loot the nearby chest to claim your Deathroot. For more Elden Ring content, check some of our guides below: Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head

How to get Berserk Easter egg Greatsword in Elden Ring Souls-like games have always drawn inspiration from the Berserk series, and players can find Gut’s Greatsword in Elden Ring as a touching tribute to the late Kentaro Miura. Elden Ring players have already started to point out the striking similarities between the new Souls-like game and the Berserk manga. From the Prisoner class’ uncanny resemblance to Griffith to the posing of characters wielding massive swords, it’s clear where Hidetaka Miyazaki got his inspiration. With the news of Miura’s passing in 2021, it’s to be expected that a series so heavily inspired by Berserk would pay tribute to the legendary artist. It was later discovered that Miyazaki re-designed Elden Ring’s Greatsword to resemble one of the swords Guts uses in the manga. The in-game description of the Greatsword is also a reference to Berserk confirming it is, in fact, an homage to the series. Luckily, players can find this Easter egg weapon fairly early on making it easy to complete their Guts build. Berserk Easter egg sword in Elden Ring There is a lot to discover and explore in Elden Ring’s massive open world, including the newly redesigned Greatsword. But with a world as big as The Land Between, players may need help finding exactly what they’re looking for. The Berserk Easter egg Greatsword can be found fairly early on in the region of Caelid. This region is northeast of Limgrave which is where players start their journey. On foot, it’s a bit of a trek, but using your horse Torrent makes the trip pretty short. The sword is located inside a chest on the back of a big black wagon. Located near the western border of Caelid and Limgrave, players will find the wagon surrounded by some pretty tough enemies. However, fighting is optional as players can just hop on the wagon, open the chest, grab the sword, and run. While you can collect the Greatsword early on, you won’t be able to effectively use it right off the bat. That’s because the Berserk Greatsword requires a whopping 31 points of Strength to use efficiently. It might be a while before you can use Guts’ Greatsword, but at least you can carry it around to complete your Berserk cosplay. For more Elden Ring, check out the best settings for better performance on PC, and stay tuned for more news and guides.

How to find the Flame, Cleanse Me incantation in Elden Ring FromSoftware Via DexertoIf you’re struggling to deal with one of the many enemies or locations in Elden Ring that cause Poison or Scarlet Rot buildup, you’ll want to find the Flame, Cleanse Me incantation. Elden Ring has a number of status ailments that can be used by and against you and none are more bothersome than Poison and Scarlet Rot. There are items you can find or craft to deal with these but there’s a less limited solution that will never fail you. The Flame, Cleanse Me incantation instantly cures you of Scarlet Rot and Poison and removes all build-up of the ailments. Thanks to its low stat cost it’s easy enough to add to any existing build with little to no investment. Thankfully, you can find the location of Flame, Cleanse Me relatively early in Elden Ring. Here’s a guide on how to find Flame Cleanse me and why you should. Flame, Cleanse Me location in Elden Ring The Flame Cleanse Me incantation can be found in the Fire Monk Cam in Eastern Liurnia. The encampment lies just southeast of the Church of Vows Site of Grace and its exact location is shown on the map above. The incantation itself is on a corpse in the camp but it’s best to clear it of enemies before looting. You’ll find one Fire Monk and three Thorn Sorcerers but they’re easily dispatched. Once you have the Flame, Cleanse Me incantation, adding it to your repertoire should be no problem. Even if your character is more melee-focused. Using Flame, Cleanse Me in Elden Ring Flame, Cleanse Me only requires 12 Faith to use making it one of the lowest stat requirements for any incantation in Elden Ring. Like all incantations, it will require a Seal to use but which one is of little importance given its effect. As previously mentioned, the primary purpose of Flame, Cleanse Me is to instantly cure yourself of Poison or the much more infuriating Scarlet Rot. The ability to do so can be invaluable when exploring certain dungeons in Elden Ring where enemies or the environment inflict those ailments. Using Flame, Cleanse Me only costs 14 FP so it doesn’t require any investment into the Mind stat, though it does deal a very small amount of damage to your own HP. Even my first pure Strength build was able to find a place for it. In my own experience, it was particularly useful for trivializing the otherwise nightmarish Lake of Rot that you’re required to traverse for Ranni’s quest line. Simply find a safe place to cast it and all the danger is gone. Of course, it becomes useful long before that. Getting to Liurnia early Most players will only come to Liurnia after making their way through Stormveil Castle and defeating Godrick the Grafted. Of course, there are uses for Flame, Cleanse Me prior to defeating your first Shardbearer, and for that reason, you may want to acquire it ahead of time. Fortunately, there’s a way to get to Liurnia and grab the incantation without the need for delving through a perilous legacy dungeon and fighting two major bosses. The first step is to head to the shattered bridge north of the Stormhill Shack Site of Grace where a Finger Reader Crone sits. Make your way to the end of the bridge and you’ll notice a spot below that you can jump down to. Use torrent to traverse this precarious section and follow the winding path on the other side. The video below will show you how. And there you have it, safe and sound in Liurnia without any difficult encounters whatsoever. Simply ride to the Fire Monk Camp and you can grab Flame, Cleanse Me before heading back to Limgrave.

How to find Elden Ring’s meme weapon the Ringed Finger From SoftwareOne of Elden Ring’s most peculiar weapons is essentially a giant inflatable finger, and it has gained a lot of attention thanks to TikTok. Here is where you can find the Ringed Finger in Elden Ring. Elden Ring has a lot of weapons and items that players can choose from to build their perfect character. And there are several items that emphasize the game’s fixation on fingers. However, there aren’t many items that relate to rings despite being in the game’s title. In fact, there is only one weapon that combines both the important concept of fingers and the titular rings: the Ringed Finger. Despite the weapon being seen as a meme, it can actually be quite useful. Whether you’re looking to break a tough line of defense or make goofy TikTok videos, here’s where you can find the Ringed Finger in Elden Ring. Ringed Finger Location in Elden Ring The Ringed Finger is located in the Gelmir Hero’s Grave dungeon which players can’t access until they’ve made it to the Atlus Plateau. The closest site of grace is First Mt. Gelmir Campsite. The player just needs to ride around the northern ridge to get to the doors of the dungeon. Getting to the weapon is a little counter-intuitive, so it’s pretty easy for players to miss. Here is our step-by-step guide on how to get the Ringed Finger: Go to Gelmir Hero’s Grave – Enter corridor with first unkillable chariot – Make way to the end of the corridor – Continue down through the lava path You will need to heal using flasks – Try backstepping, rolling, or using Bloodhound step to get through the lava faster – – Turn left at end of the lava slope – Enter Room with chest – The chest contains the Ringed Finger hammer. It requires 17 strength and 7 dexterity to wield. Its weapon skill is Claw Flick which is a charged attack that inflates the sword performing a flick attack. This is great for breaking an enemy’s defensive stance. Ringed Finger blows up on TikTok There are several weapons blowing up on social media because of their insane damage capabilities. Namely the pre-nerf Sword of Night and Flame and the Moonveil Katana. But the Ringed Finger is gaining popularity for its absurdity. Searching Elden Ring’s Ringed Finger on TikTok will net you with a plethora of videos of people using the goofy weapon. It’s used to one-shot bosses, flip players the bird, or launch enemies off cliffsides. These videos are both hilarious but also showcase the raw power of the Ringed Finger. Players are able to upgrade it to +10 using Somber Smithing Stones. And with the right talismans and armor, this weapon can flick opponents straight into the grave. For more Elden Ring, check out where to find the very powerful Icerind Hatchet, and stay tuned for more news and guides.

How to get Blaidd’s armor set in Elden Ring From SoftwareIn Elden Ring, Blaidd is a large half-wolf warrior NPC you’ll cross paths with several times. If you want to look as cool as this fan-favorite character during your travels through The Lands Between, here’s how you can get Blaidd’s armor set in the game. There are lots of incredible-looking armor sets in Elden Ring. In fact, the game features more impressive sets than any other previous FromSoftware game. Blaidd’s set is especially striking due to his headpiece being a large wolf mask. Although, the rest of Blaidd’s armor is also pretty impressive. Not only does Blaidd’s set look awesome, but it also offers decent protection to high-level players in Elden Ring. However, Blaidd is an important NPC character in Elden Ring and is connected to a variety of side quests and storylines. You cannot simply kill him on your first meeting and take his set. So, if you want to unlock Blaidd’s armor set in Elden Ring, here’s what you’ll need to do. The path to unlocking this gear will lead to some inevitable spoilers, so if you’re keen to avoid them, don’t read any further. Contents Things to do before beating Blaidd – Ranni’s Quest – Where to find Blaidd’s set in Elden Ring – Blaidd’s Armor set stats – Things to do before beating Blaidd – Ranni’s Quest As you may have already gathered, you get Blaidd’s set by defeating him in combat and this occurs by following Ranni’s quest to a certain point. Therefore, we recommend you do the following things before starting Ranni’s quest: Kill Darriwil at the Forlorn Hound Evergaol. This is the ‘man’ Blaidd is hunting during your first meeting at the Mistwood Ruins. Blaidd will be a summonable NPC for this fight and will make it much easier. He’ll also give you a Sombre Smithing Stone (2) for your trouble. – Kill Starscourge Radahn. Blaidd will be one of the many NPCs who arrive at the Radahn festival to help you bring the demi-god down. He’ll likely get his furry behind handed to him by Radahn in the fight, but he’s a useful ally. – Where to find Blaidd’s set in Elden Ring Blaidd’s set in Elden Ring is split into four pieces; Blaidd’s Armor, Blaidd’s Gauntlets, Blaidd’s Greaves, and the Black Wolf Mask. All of these items can be found at different points during Ranni’s questline. Here’s where they all are: Blaidd’s Black Wolf Mask The first and easiest item to find is the Black Wolf Mask. This can be acquired by climbing the ruins of Seluvis’s Rise. The mask can be found on a corpse in plain view. The ruins are fairly easy to climb, but you may need your horse for the bigger jumps. You don’t actually need to have started Ranni’s quest to find this item, just have access to the area. However, you’ll need to progress pretty far in her quest to unlock the rest of Blaidd’s set. Blaidd’s Armor, Gauntlets, and Greaves Once you’ve found the Dark Moon Ring, head back to Ranni’s Rise to hear Blaidd mumbling to himself by the tower’s main entrance. Once he’s finished talking he’ll turn hostile and you’ll need to defeat him in battle as an NPC mini-boss. Blaidd is no pushover and can be defeated if you use the terrain to your advantage and dodge his attacks. He’s quick but leaves lots of openings for a counterattack. He also doesn’t have an especially large pool of health either. Once you’ve defeated him, you’ll be awarded Blaidd’s Armor, Gauntlets, and Greaves. As a bonus, you’ll also receive his weapon the Royal Greatsword. Blaidd’s Armor set stats Damage Negation Physical: 28.5 – VS Strike: 25.4 – VS Slash: 28.5 – VS Pierce: 29.7 – Magic: 22.6 – Fire: 25.1 – Lightning: 20.9 – Holy: 23.6 – Resistance Immunity: 91 – Robustness: 169 – Focus: 60 – Vitality: 60 – Poise: 60 – For more Elden Ring content, check out some of our other guides: Elden Ring Uchigatana | Elden Ring Moonveil Katana | How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Best Elden Ring settings

How to find & beat Commander Niall Elden Ring FromSoftwareCommander Niall is a shockingly difficult boss in Elden Ring, but he can be taken down with patience. Here’s how to beat Commander Niall in Elden Ring. While Malenia is generally considered the toughest boss in Elden Ring, Commander Niall is definitely in the conversation for the second most difficult boss in the game. Not only does it take a lot of effort to reach him, Commander Niall is the literal gatekeeper to the Haligtree – and therefore, someone you’ll want to defeat before you access the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. Commander Niall would be a tough battle on his own, but to make matters worse, he’s flanked by two powerful Banished Knights who make the fight even harder. While many players are blindsided by the difficulty of this Elden Ring boss, there are ways to bring him down. Below, we’ll discuss how to find Commander Niall in Elden Ring and how to defeat the boss of Castle Sol. Contents How to find Commander Niall in Elden Ring – How to beat Commander Niall – Best Spirit Summons to use against Commander Niall – How to find Commander Niall To find Commander Niall, you’ll first need to reach Castle Sol in Elden Ring. He’s the final boss and castellan of Castle Sol and is believed to be loyal to Miquella, holding the castle against the demigod’s enemies and guarding the entrance to the Haligtree. While Commander Niall is technically an optional boss, those who want to reach Miquella’s Haligtree will need to go through him before they can get to the Consecrated Snowfield area. This region is also where you can find the portal to Mohg, although, there is another way to reach that area earlier in the game. Finding Castle Sol Castle Sol is located in the Mountaintops of the Giants, to reach this location you’ll need to ride the Grand Lift of Rold after receiving the Rold Medallion from Melina. This will be given to you after your boss battle with King Morgott in the throneroom of Leyndell, Royal Capital, at the foot of the Erdtree. The Grand Lift of Rold is located east of the Royal Capital, through the Forbidden Lands. Once you arrive, hoist the Rold Medallion in the air when prompted and this will begin your journey to the Mountaintops of the Giants. It is advised to locate and defeat the Fire Giant boss before heading to Castle Sol, mainly because it’s on the way and will give you access to various Sites of Grace as you travel across the region. Castle Sol can be found in the most northern part of the Mountaintops of the Giants, but the route there is not direct. You’ll need to cross a large bridge to make your way from one side of the region to the other and numerous elite enemies will be lying in wait, the most deadly being a Deathbird boss that patrols the area before you reach Castle Sol. Once the castle is in sight, you’ll see a Walking Mausoleum in the distance chiming its bell. This will be different from other Walking Mausoleums you’ve seen so far, as it will relentlessly fire a barrage of deadly magic projectiles at you from afar. These can be hard to avoid, so hop on Torrent and gallop toward Castle Sol while doing your best to anticipate where they’re going to fall. The good news is that you can take shelter in the Apostate Derelict church before you reach Castle Sol and use this as a safe haven to make your mad dash to the castle. There’s also a Site of Grace here; if you’ve been following Latenna’s questline, this is the final location you need to reach to conclude it. You’ll notice a large Albinauric woman slumped in the corner, this is who Latenna is trying to find. If you’re not ready to complete Latenna’s quest yet, heal at the Grace and get ready to ride for Castle Sol. If you’re still in range, the Walking Mausoleum will fire at you again. Aim to reach the Site of Grace right outside Castle Sol and activate it. This will reset the area and stop the Mausoleum from firing. Now that the Grace is active, feel free to go and take out the Mausoleum and plunder its rewards if you’re so inclined. Inside Castle Sol One you enter Castle Sol, you’ll be confronted by two powerful Lion Guardians. Be warned, these beasts re-spawn if you rest at the Castle Sol Grace, so make sure you’re aware of this. Once they’re defeated, move through the castle using the Sites of Grace as checkpoints for your progress. The castle is home to some powerful Banished Knight enemies, so be cautious, and try not to find yourself fighting more than one at a time. Be especially careful when you enter the dark room full of cages with a staircase on the right-hand side. Here, multiple enemies will try to ambush you, so try to coax them out of hiding one by one so you’re not overwhelmed. Eventually, you’ll reach an elevator that will take you to the top level. There will be a Site of Grace nearby, so rest here, get your healing items and spells ready, and prepare yourself for an epic fight. How to beat Commander Niall Here’s how to defeat Commander Niall in Elden Ring, focusing on each phase of the boss fight: Dealing with the Banished Knights As soon as the battle with Commander Niall begins, the heavily armored warrior will summon two spectral Banished Knights to aid him. Of course, some players will want to defeat the boss without summoning back-up or using any Spirit Summons, but as Niall has summoned help, nobody will judge you for doing the same. One of his Banished Knights will be equipped with a sword and shield while the other will be dual-wielding swords. The longer his Knights are alive, the more likely you are to lose the battle, so be sure to take down his minions first. Should you get Niall to half-health, he’ll progress to his second form. Niall will then glow red before returning to combat, in a much more aggressive state where he’ll move faster and inflict more damage. His Banished Knights will despawn at this point, but getting to Niall while his two Knights are gunning for you is often harder than just taking them out first. Target the Banished Knights with the Dual Swords first, not only is this Knight the most aggressive of the three enemies, it also has the least defense and can be killed quickly. The Knight armed with a shield is more likely to block half of your attacks, making him a frustrating foe to take down while you have two other enemies attacking you. Both Knights are weak against magic damage, so if casters can stick and move while pelting them with spells, then this is a sound strategy. Just focus your efforts on the dual-swords Knight first. Then you’ll have slightly more breathing room to take down the second Knight the same way. Strength builds will be able to tank the Knights one by one, just make sure you don’t end up fighting all three enemies at once, however, this is still the most difficult build to bring to this boss. Aim to single them out and kill them in the same order we recommended above. Those using Dexterity builds should consider using Haemorrhage (Bleed), Scarlet Rot, or Poison to add some additional damage to their attacks. That’s because neither the Banished Knights nor Commander Niall have much or any resistance to these status effects, so those using a powerful Bleed build or the equivalent should be able to take down each opponent relatively quickly – provided you get to them one at a time. The Bleed status effect is ideal in this case, as when it proceeds it ensures that each Knight is killed quickly. Scarlet Rot and Poison are fine, but this slowly eats away at the enemy rather than building up for massive damage. Don’t forget, you can also use a Bewitching Branch on one of the Banished Knights to make them fight each other, making this battle much easier. Commander Niall second phase Ideally, by this point you’ve ignored Niall himself and have taken down both his Banished Knights, now Niall will automatically progress to his second, much more aggressive, phase. The good news is you’re no longer dealing with three enemies, but Commander Niall is no pushover on his own. Niall does both Lightning and Frostbite damage here, so consider protecting yourself against this before engaging. This is because Niall will often summon a whirlwind around him which does massive Frost damage and makes it hard for players to get close to him and deliver their attacks. His second main attack hits players with Lightning damage as he leaps at you with his leg. The good news is that he telegraphs this attack, making it easier to dodge or block. He also has several smaller dash attacks using his immense halberd which he often follows up with his Frost whirlwind. Once he strikes this move, whether he misses or connects, Niall will need a few seconds to recover while he falls to his knees. He’s vulnerable in this state, so get in there and hit him with all you’ve got. However, when he gets back to his feet be ready to retreat and prepare for his next round of moves. Don’t get greedy with your attacks as Niall will punish you for it. Always be ready to back away from Niall when he does his Frost attack, but don’t be afraid to be aggressive in between these. If you’re skilled in parrying then you can circle round him and look for gaps in his defense between moves. While Niall is more aggressive in his second phase, his first phase is still more difficult because of the banished Knights flanking him. Ranged and magic users will have an easier time, as all you’ll need to do is avoid his attacks while countering from a safe distance. Spells and incantations that cause Bleed, Poison, or Rott build-up will be ideal as this will help you chip away at Niall’s health in another way. The same can be said for melee users, so those with powerful Dexterity builds will have an advantage in this, but naturally, Strength builds will be able to tank more of his hits and will have more room for error. Once Commander Niall falls, you’ll be rewarded with 90,000 runes and the Veteran’s Prosthesis weapon, which was formally his leg. Best Spirit Summons for Commander Niall While there is no official best Spirit Summon to use against Commander Niall, we’ve found that using the Lone Wolf Spirit Ash or the Mimick Tear provides the best results. Tanks like Banished Knight Oleg also help level the playing field in the early minutes of this boss fight. Oleg can stand shoulder-to-shoulder against Niall’s own Banished Knights. However, Oleg is likely to die once Niall begins his second form or before. The Lone Wolves (even though there are three of them) serve as a useful distraction while you pick off Niall’s Knights, as they provide multiple targets and take the heat off you, but they too are also likely to die before or during the second phase of the fight. Although, this gives you a great opportunity to either focus on Niall himself or isolate his Banished Knights. We had the most success with the Mimic Tear though, especially when using a Bleed or Scarlet Rot Dexterity build. This is because the Mimic Tear is essentially a copy of your build therefore there was double the likelihood of Bleed proc, or the combined efforts of the Mimic and you kept the Rot impacting the enemies, meaning they struggled to recover from it. For more Elden Ring content, check out our coverage below: Elden Ring: Who is Messmer? | Shadow of the Erdtree: Everything we know | How to prep for the Elden Ring DLC | Will overpowered characters have an advantage? | When does Shadow of the Erdtree take place?

How to defeat the Followers of Miquella in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftwareAs you approach the final boss in the Elden Ring DLC, you’ll be confronted by some familiar faces. Here’s how to beat the Followers of Miquella in Shadow of the Erdtree. Spoilers for various quests lurk below. Those following Needle Knight Leda, and her ally’s, quests in Shadow of the Erdtree may have noticed some cracks starting to show in the group. Leda has become paranoid and may have already tried to kill Hornsent and later Ansbach, due to his former allegiance to Mohg, Lord of Blood. Just as you manage to catch up to Miquella, Leda will block your path and a red summon sign will allow you to settle your score with her and her underlings. However, the fight against the Followers of Miquella can be different from one player to another, depending on what you did throughout the various questlines. Essentially, the difficulty of the battle and who takes part is determined by what you do throughout the DLC. Below, we’ll detail who you may have to battle, how you can reduce the number of enemies earlier, and who can join in and help you in this battle. Preparing for the Followers of Miquella battle Unlike any other optional boss in Shadow of the Erdtree, the battle with the Followers of Miquella fight can vary depending on which characters are still alive, and who you befriended along the way. The battle can be between you and five Followers of Miquella, those being: Dryleaf Dane – Redman Freyja – Needle Knight Leda – Hornsent – Moore – Leda and Dane will always join this fight. However, you can remove Hornsent, Freyja, and Moore from the battle by making decisions certain earlier in the story. Eliminating Moore early For Moore, tell him to “Remain sad forever” when he asks you for your opinion. This awful advice leads to Moore’s premature death, but it also prevents him from taking part in the battle later. Ignoring his dialogue has also been reported as a way to keep him from taking part in the battle, but he’s joined in in other cases. The safest way to eliminate him, though, is to give him the bad advice. Moore will leave his gear behind for you to loot and you can take his Bell Bearing to the Roundtable Hold to continue to have access to his shop. If you give Moore good advice in this interaction, he’ll tell you how much he likes you and continue to live. However, he’ll later be manipulated by Leda into attacking you, forcing you to kill him. Should you ignore Moore’s quest and not engage him in conversation, he’ll be drafted by Leda by default. You can also simply attack Moore and his allies, ending their questlines and declaring war on them early. Eliminating Hornsent early Hornsent can also be removed from the battle early by assassinating him for the increasingly paranoid Leda. Or by siding with him, fighting off Leda and effectively betraying the faction, then summoning him to help you fight Messmer later. Alas, even though you helped him against his unhinged former ally and slew a demi-god together, Hornsent is unable to forgive you for being a follower of the Erdtree. He’ll later invade you as you explore the Rauh Ruins. This forces you to kill him, ending your alliance, but it also prevents him from aiding Leda later. If you go to the Rauh Ruins before killing Messmer, or refuse to take a side in Leda and Hornsent’s feud, she’ll eventually turn her focus back to Ansbach. This will mean that Hornsent remains loyal to the Followers of Miquella and will attack you alongside the rest of them. Available NPC summons There are two allies you can recruit for the battle against the Followers of Miquella: Recruiting Pureblood Knight Ansbach Once Leda decides that Ansbach is an enemy of Miquella, she’ll ask you to aid her in attacking him. If you use the Storehouse, First Floor Site of Grace in the Shadow Keep, and visit Ansbach in the library, you’ll have the option to either invade him or defend him. To invade him, use the red summon sign, but to save him from Leda, use the gold one and help him defeat her. This battle is relatively simple as it’s two of you against Leda. It only took us a few slashes of Corpse Piler to end the battle. After exhausting his dialogue after the battle, you’ll then be given the option to summon Ansbach when Leda lays down her challenge. To get his aid, use his gold summon sign, and Ansbach will join the fight soon after it begins. The old Blood Knight will also help you against the final boss. If Ansbach has died before this, you’ll be able to summon an ally known as Sanguine Noble Nataan to aid you against Leda and her crew. Presumably, this is another former follower of Mohg who seeks revenge on Miquella for what’s being done to his master’s remains – you’ll find out soon enough. Recruiting Thiollier While not part of Leda’s group, Thiollier can also join you in the battle against the Followers of Miquella. To recruit him, simply complete his quest that starts when you meet him at the Pillar Path Cross Site of Grace. From here you’ll need to visit the Stone Coffin Fissue, defeat the Putrescent Knight, and meet St. Trina. Once this quest is complete, you’ll be able to summon Thiollier to help you and Ansbach fight off the deranged Followers of Miquella. Thiollier will also aid you against the final boss, just like Ansbach. Remember, you’ll need to recruit Thiollier before you reach Enir-Ilim, otherwise, his quest will be locked and the NPC will disappear. Followers of Miquella location From the Cleansing Chamber Anteroom Site of Grace, approach the vast round room and you’ll see a figure in the distance. This is Leda and she’ll begin taunting you and engaging in her usual paranoid accusations. She’ll then vanish leaving a red summon sign behind for you to follow her. While you can just ignore Leda’s challenge, you didn’t buy the DLC not to take part in boss fights. There are also some nice rewards to find after this battle and it’ll allow you to progress both Ansbach and Thiollier’s quests, ensuring they can be summoned for the final boss. If you want to have allies, and we’d recommend bringing them as you’re about to be outnumbered, then use the gold summon signs first, one for Thiollier and another for Ansbach. Then use the red summon sign to invade Leda. The Followers of Miquella will then invade one by one until they’ve all entered the battle. If you wish to have more support, now is the time to call your Spirit Summons. They will help you fight until your NPC allies arrive and prevent you from being ganged up on. Our Mimic Tear kept one of Leda’s allies busy for most of the battle and even survived it. How to beat the Followers of Miquella For this guide, let’s assume that all of the Followers of Miquella are alive and that you’ve recruited both NPC allies. That way we can predict who’ll enter the battle in order. If he’s alive, Hornsent will invade first, shortly followed by Redmayne Freyja. If Hornsent died before this battle, then Freyja will invade you first instead. Whoever enters the battle first, try to get an early advantage by cutting them down quickly before their backup arrives. We were able to gang up on the first NPC with our Mimic Tear, inflict bleed, and kill them before they were able to make use of their reinforcements. You’ll only be able to do this once though, as things will soon become chaotic. But killing the first invader quickly will give you an advantage as other combatants arrive. If he’s alive, Moore will be next to arrive, bolstering the enemy forces. Shortly after, Ansbach will arrive to support you, leveling the playing field or putting the opposing team on the back foot, especially if the first invader is already dead. Dryleaf Dane will arrive seconds after Ansbach, so your advantage won’t last for long. Needle Knight Leda will arrive next. Our advice is to ignore her and focus on those who are already weakened. It’s wise to finish them off and remove them from the field while they’ve already got a reduced health bar. Try to focus on one NPC at a time, picking them off methodically. Finally, if you recruited him, Thiollier will then enter the fray to support you. If you only have to face Freyja, Dane, and Leda, this battle will be relatively easy, especially with your two allies and Spirit Summons. But if you need to face all five NPCs it will be considerably harder. Ganging up on each enemy, one at a time is a helpful strategy. This will overwhelm each enemy and soon only Leda will be left. In our playthrough, Leda was cut down by our whole team, who were all still alive by the end. Be warned though, that if you go into this boss fight without allies and with Leda’s team at full strength, it’s a very challenging battle. Those who scoff at Spirit Summons and NPC allies may soon choose to re-think their position. Followers of Miquella weaknesses As the Followers of Miquella isn’t a traditional Elden Ring boss fight, it’s more of a battle between NPCs, each combatant doesn’t have a confirmed list of weaknesses, at least in terms of elemental weak spots. However, we found that every NPC was very susceptible to Hemorrhage (Bleed), Scarlet Rot, and Poison. Bleed build-up did massive damage to some, allowing us to take them down very quickly. Rewards As this is an optional battle, the main draw is the rewards on offer – which are plentiful after all five NPCs have died. Once Needle Knight Leda falls, you’ll be rewarded with Leda’s Sword before being transported back to your world. Once you do arrive back in your world you’ll be greeted by the grisly sight of your enemy’s bodies strewn all over the battlefield. Take a moment to appreciate their tragic fate, then merrily loot their corpses for the following rewards: Redmane Freyja: Freyja’s Greatsword – Freyja’s Helm – Freyja’s Armor – Freyja’s Gauntlets – Freyja’s Greaves – Hornsent: Falx – Caterpillar Mask – Braided Cord Robe – Braided Arm Wraps – Soiled Loincloth – Dryleaf Dane: Dryleaf Robe – Dryleaf Arm Wraps – Dryleaf Cuissardes – Dane’s Footwork – Moore: Moore’s Bell Bearing – Verdigris Greatshield – Verdigris Helm – Verdigris Armor – Verdigris Gauntlets – Verdigris Greaves – Needle Knight Leda: Oathseeker Knight Helm – Oathseeker Knight Gauntlets – Oathseeker Knight Greaves – Leda’s Armor – After the battle, make your way to the next area and talk with Ansbach. He’ll confront you about the death of Mohg, but fear not, he won’t attack you. Instead, you’ll find his and Thiollier’s summon signs outside the final boss arena. Need more advice on beating Shadow of the Erdtree’s difficult bosses? Check out our guides on the Dancing Lion, Rellana, Messmer the Impaler, and the mighty Bayle the Dread.

How to defeat Maliketh in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FromSoftwareMaliketh, the Black Blade is one of the major bosses in Elden Ring who you face in Crumbling Farum Azula. If you are struggling to defeat this boss, here is a guide on what you should do to make it easy. Maliketh is quite possibly one of the most challenging bosses in the game. His aggression, hard-hitting attacks, and ability to drain your HP with his Destined Death move, which is something to be wary of. At the same time, his aggression is balanced by his relatively low HP, which means you always have a fair chance of taking down Marika’s sworn hound. There are a few weapons, spirit summons, and items that will make this fight easier, provided you spend some time learning his movesets. Here is how you can defeat Maliketh in Elden Ring and continue your journey to become an Elden Lord. Contents How to beat Maliketh, the Black Blade in Elden Ring – How to get to Maliketh, the Black Blade in Elden Ring – Maliketh, the Black Blade stats – Useful tips to defeat Maliketh, the Black Blade – All Maliketh, the Black Blade attacks – Maliketh, the Black Blade drops – How to beat Maliketh, the Black Blade in Elden Ring Maliketh has one HP bar, but his fight is divided into two phases. These phases are vastly different from each other in terms of how the boss looks, his attacks, and how you should tackle them. Phase 1 In Phase one, Maliketh is in the form of Beast Clergyman. As soon as you enter the boss room, the Beast Clergyman will start rushing towards you. Those who’ve followed his quest will be treated to some unique dialogue when he recognizes you, lamenting your current situation as opponents. It is recommended you rush towards him, and as soon as he is ready to launch an attack, dodge and move to the center of the arena. The reason is that the entrance of the arena is like a bridge with pitfalls on either side. If you try to fight him in this small space, chances are you will fall and die – it’s also worth pointing out that he can’t fall, so don’t try and coax him into the pit. Additionally, if you call forth your Spirit Summon here, there are instances where they fall into the pit as well, so try and stay a safe distance to encourage them to do the same. From the center of the arena, you will notice there are multiple pillars around the arena. Rush to one of the pillars to get away from the boss’s gaze. You now have a small window to summon your Spirit Ash or heal. Let your summon take the aggro while you deal damage from behind. This boss has multiple attacks, but most are quite easy to dodge. The first attack you should be wary of is the Beast Claw, where he will drag his hand on the ground and release a set of claw-like attacks that will move in the form of a cone. You can always dodge it sideways. He will also slam the ground from time to time and boulders will rise and crash back down. This attack hits hard so try to run away from it when he telegraphs. Apart from these two, he also has an attack where Beast Clergyman will throw rocks, which you can roll to the side or hide behind a pillar to survive. One key thing to note here is that most of the boss’s attacks are blocked if you hide behind the pillars in the arena. However, once you get an opening, launch all your attacks on him, but don’t get greedy. Get in and get back out before he counters. You need to make sure you have enough Flask of Crimson Tears before the second phase begins. Bleed works quite well against the Beast Clergyman. If you are using Rivers of Blood, a few slashes will cause Hemmorhage. Combine this with Black Knife Tiche and the Beast Clergyman will lose around 65%-70% HP even before phase 2 begins – making part two much easier. You can also use Blasphemous Blade to a greater effect if you do not have Rivers of Blood. Finally, magic works wonders, though it is recommended you use Comet Azur in phase one since it becomes hard to land that spell in phase two when Maliketh becomes more mobile. Phase 2 Once you deal around 50%-60% damage to the Beast Clergyman, the second phase begins. In this state, the boss will stab his blade into his hand and break a seal. From this seal, he will take out a massive sword and reveal his true self as Maliketh, the Black Blade. In this stage, all hell breaks loose. Maliketh is extremely aggressive and much quicker. He will constantly dash around the room leaving few openings for you. The biggest one to consider here is the attack named Black Blade. Maliketh will flip in the air and swing his sword at you while releasing multiple fast-moving projectiles from his sword. The second most annoying attack is Destined Death, where he will swipe his sword on the ground and then slam it for a large AoE attack. Both these attacks have a special effect when if it hits you, the HP bar will be shortened, your HP will drain, causing you to take lots of damage. If you get hit by either of the two while Maliketh is performing a combo, you will likely die even from full health. If you want to defeat him and not get one shotted, rather than panic-rolling, look at the attacks and wait for them to approach you before you dodge. Each of his attacks has a long and obvious wind-up which means you will be able to predict what he is about to throw at you. The Blasphemous Claw comes in handy to deflect the attacks from the Black Blade, though the timing window is very short. You can always use the pillars to your advantage and let your summon take the aggro. Black Knife Tiche can drain his HP here similar to how it was in phase one. Use your Rivers or Blood, Bloodhound Fang, or Blasphemous Blade to deal damage the moment Maliketh sits on the ground. If you are a magic user, spam Ranni’s Dark Moon here for damage. You can use Comet Azur, but the window will be very thin since Maliketh moves around too much. However, if you can time it with when he lands on the ground in between his combos you can land some hits. In the ideal scenario, with the correct build and using some of the aforementioned weapons, Maliketh should have barely 30%-40% HP left at most in phase two. Therefore, it is a matter of taking your time, instead of being greedy and losing your life. How to use Blasphemous Claw The Blasphemous Claw is an item that you can use against Maliketh, the Black Blade. This item comes in handy in phase two when Maliketh starts using his death attacks. The window is short, so you need to time this item properly. Whenever Maliketh is about to use his special attacks, namely the Black Blade, or Destined Death, you can trigger this item to counter that move. This item can be equipped in the same slot as your Flask of Crimson Tears, and Torrent. Therefore, it can be triggered using the action button. Keep a note of Maliketh and check for glowy signs on his blade. If the blade is glowing and approaching you directly, you can parry it. However, you cannot parry the long-range projectiles that Maliketh throws at you. How to get to Maliketh, the Black Blade boss fight Maliketh is located in Crumbling Farum Azula. You first need to go through the Godskin Duo boss fight and reach Beside the Great Bridge site of Grace. From here, take the stairs up, and you will notice two roads, one on the left, and the other on the right. The road to the right leads to Maliketh’s boss fight. The road to the boss is guarded by a Draconic Tree Sentinel. You can defeat it or skip it, depending on what you feel like. However, considering you have to run all the way to the boss every time you die, it is better to defeat this Draconic Tree Sentinel to keep the road clear of enemies. It is unlikely you will miss this area since Maliketh is a compulsory boss, and you need to defeat him to progress the story. Even if you skip most of the content in the area and keep moving forward, you are bound to reach this location sooner or later. If you are rushing the story, you will reach here after defeating Margit, Godrick, Red Wolf of Radagon, Rennala, Godfrey, the First Elden Lord (Golden Shade), Morgott, Fire Giant, and Godskin Duo. However, we recommend that before you reach here, complete your build with all the necessary talismans, armor, and weapons. Maliketh will prove to be a challenge if you reach this location at lower levels. Maliketh, the Blade Blade stats These are Maliketh’s stats in Elden Ring: Health: 10,620 (changes to phase 2 at roughly 50% HP) – Defense: 120 – Stance: 80 – Parryable: No (first phase), Yes (second phase, with Blasphemous Blade) – Deals: Standard and Pierce Damage (Phase 1), Magic and Holy Damage (Phase 2) – Maliketh, the Black Blade weaknesses If you are searching for general weaknesses, then Beast Clergyman is weak to Fire, Lightning, and Magic, while Maliketh is weak against Slash, Strike, and Pierce damage. However, the general rule here is to use Rivers of Blood or Blasphemous Blade. This is because, even though stat-wise Beast Clergyman is strong against Hemmorhage, Rivers of Blood will still proc bleed. The fast-moving attacks from that weapon can stack the bleed status effect very fast. Maliketh does not have any Bleed resistance, making the fight easy with that weapon. If you are using Blasphemous Blade, you are pretty good as neither Beast Clergyman, nor Maliketh has resistance against Fire. Therefore, you will be able to blast through them in no time. Useful tips to defeat Maliketh, the Blade Blade Spirit Summons The best summon to use against Maliketh is Black Knife Tiche. Consider this more of a payback where you take Maliketh down with his own medicine. Tiche’s ability to drain the enemy’s HP comes in very handy as it destroys Malikth’s health bar even before he gets to turn on phase two. You can unlock to Black Knife Tiche after defeating Alecto, Black Knife Ringleader in an evergaol in Moonlight Alter. You can reach Moonlight Altar as part of Ranni’s questline. All you need to do here is from the Moonlight Altar site of Grace, take a left, and travel West to reach this evergaol. However, you’ll need to defeat Tiche first and she’s no pushover. Items There is one item you can use to counter Maliketh’s Black Blade. It is the Blasphemous Claw. A guide on how to use it has already been mentioned earlier. Here is how you can get it: Defeat Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy in Volcano Manor (mandatory) – Talk to Recusant Bernahl at Volcano Manor after defeating Rykard (mandatory) – Bernahl can be found in the Drawing Room of Volcano Manor – The key to the Drawing Room can be acquired as part of Tanith’s questline – Travel to Near the Great Bridge site of Grace – Take the stairs to reach the top – From the bridge, take the road to the left (road to the right leads to Maliketh) and walk straight. – Keep moving until you reach the end, and take a right from there – Then take a right again and walk down the stairs – From here, walk straight and Bernahl will spawn as an invader – Defeating Bernahl will drop the Blasphemous Claw item. Magic If you are a magic user, Comet Azur and Ranni’s Dark Moon are your best friends. In the first phase, use Comet Azur to deal as much damage as possible to the Beast Clergyman. If you are using Tiche, you must be able to deal 60% damage before phase 2 begins. In Phase 2, use Ranni’s Dark Moon to deal damage. You must remember that Ranni’s Dark Moon reduces magic damage negation by 10%. Therefore, the second Dark Moon you shoot at Maliketh will deal a lot of damage. You should consider wearing the Snow Witch Hat, for an additional 10% damage. The Snow Witch Hat can be collected from a chest in Renna’s Rise that becomes available as part of Ranni’s questline. Great Runes When it comes to Great Runes, there are two very good options to choose from. One is Godrick’s Great Rune as it offers a general stat boost with resistance against all kinds of status effects. However, the Great Rune that will come in handy in almost all scenarios is Radahn’s Great Rune. The biggest problem you face against Maliketh is the HP drain. Radahn’s Great Rune provides a huge HP boost. This will help you tank a few hits from Maliketh and ensure that you do not get killed in one combo. The FP boost from Radahn’s Rune is also valuable for magic users. If you want nothing but an HP boost, Morgott’s Great Rune is a great option for that. All Maliketh, the Black Blade attacks These are attacks of both Beast Clergyman and Maliketh, the Black Blade: Beast Clergyman Rock Spray – Rock Throw – Beast Claw – Swipe Attacks – Fist Smash – Maliketh, the Blade Blade Flip and Slash – Pilediver – Black Blade – Roar – Destined Death – Double Spin – Blind Swings – Maliketh, the Black Blade drops if you successfully defeat Maliketh, the Black Blade, you will receive 220,000 runes and Remembrance of the Black Blade as a reward. You can exchange Remembrance of the Black Blade at the Roundtable Hold for either of 30000 runes, Maliketh’s Black Blade, or Black Blade Incantation. Elden Ring Uchigatana | Elden Ring Moonveil Katana | How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key

How to complete Bloody Finger Hunter Yura’s quest in Elden Ring FromSoftwareBloody Finger Hunter Yura is an NPC you will find very early in Elden Ring. Here is how to complete his questline in the game and access all rewards. Blood Finger Hunter Yura, as his name suggests, is driven by the single goal of hunting down and defeating all the Bloody Finger members in the Lands Between. He also possesses knowledge about the Dragon Cult and will warn you about Flying Dragon Agheel in Agheel Lake when you first meet him, he’ll even help you if you choose to ignore his safe advice. His quest involves you meeting Yura at different parts of the Lands Between and helping him take down three major Bloody Finger members. Completing this quest successfully in the game will reward you with multiple weapons, one Ash of War, a powerful Crystal Tear, and a powerful Katana known as the Nagakiba – his sword. Elden Ring: How to complete Bloody Finger Hunter Yura questline The quest for Bloody Finger Hunter Yura is easy but takes time. Here is all you need to do to complete his questline: Step 1: Speak with Yura in Limgrave You will find Yura for the first time under an archway, to the left of Agheel Lake South Site of Grace. Once you speak to him, he will warn you about the dragon Flying Dragon Agheel. Exhaust his dialogue completely at first. Defeating Agheel is optional, but you need to defeat a different enemy to proceed with his questline. Step 2: Defeat Bloody Finger Nerijus After speaking to Yura, make your way to Agheel Lake. Here you will notice a pathway that extends beyond the lake as shown in the image above. If you take that pathway, Nerijus will invade you towards the very end. You can defeat Nerijus as soon as he spawns. However, if you run circles around Nerijus for a short while, Yura will arrive as a summon to assist you. Summoning Yura is not necessary, but defeating Nerijus is a must. After Nerijus has perished, speak with Yura once again. If you defeated the dragon before fighting Nerijus, you will find Yura in the cave right at the end of the pathway where you got invaded. If you did not defeat Agheel yet, Yura can be found in his original location under the archway from Step 1. This fight against Nerijus rewards you with the dagger Reduvia. Step 3: Make your way to Raya Lucaria Academy The next step is to make your way to Raya Lucaria Academy. If you want to enter this place, you need to find a special Academy Glintstone Key in Liurnia of the Lakes. Once you get that key, use it to enter Raya Lucaria Academy. Rest at the Main Academy Gate site of Grace and walk through the magical door in front of you. Make sure you walk through it and not interact with it. Interacting with it will take you to a different location. Once you walk through it, make your way to the end of the bridge as shown in the image above, and you will see a summon sign. Touch that sign and you will enter a world where Yura will be fighting Bloody Finger Ravenmount Assassin. Help Yura in defeating the enemy and you will be returned to your world. Speak to Yura once again, who will be standing on the bridge where you interacted with the summon sign. You will also receive a Rune Arc, Furicalling Finger Remedy, Ash of War: Raptor of Mists, and Smithing Stone 5 as a reward for helping Yura. Step 4: Travel to Altus Plateau Your next step is to make your way to Altus Plateau. In order to do this, first you need to get hold of the Dectus Medallion. One-half of the medallion can be found in Fort Haight in Limgrave and the second part can be found in Fort Faroth in Caelid. The one in Forth Haight is easy to grab since the enemies are pretty simple. However, the one in Fort Faroth will be a challenge. From the main entrance of Fort Faroth, take a left, run straight, hit the stairs, and climb up. You will find the Right Half of the Dectus Medallion in the chest. Skip all the enemies in Fort Faroth as if you are low-level, they will one-shot you. Once you have both parts, interact with the magical gate near the Raya Lucaria Academy Main Gate Site of Grace. Travel till you reach the Grand Lift of Dectus and hoist the medallion. A cutscene will play and you are now at Altus Plateau. Step 5: Reach the Second Church of Marika Upon reaching Altus Plateau, ride straight until you find the Altus Highway Junction site of Grace. This site of Grace is northeast of the exit from the Grand Lift of Dectus. Just follow the main road you see in front of you and the site of Grace will be unmissable. From this Site of Grace travel northwest and you will reach the Second Church of Marika. Step 6: Talk to Yura and defeat Eleonora After you reach the Second Church of Marika, you will notice Yura lying on the ground defeated. After you speak to him, he will die, and drop the Nagakiba. In the meantime, you will get invaded by Eleonora, Violet Bloody Finger, the original enemy that Yura set out to defeat. Fight against her and you will be rewarded with Eleonora’s Poleblade and Purifying Crystal Tear. This Crystal Tear will come in handy in the fight against Mogh, Lord of Blood. Step 7: Reach Mountaintops of the Giants Your next step is to reach the Mountaintops of the Giants. In order to do this, you need to defeat Morgott, the Omen King. You can find this boss right outside the Elden Throne in Leyndell, Royal Capital. Once defeated, Melina will hand you the Rold Medallion. You need to make your way to the Grand Lift of Rold and hoist the medallion to reach the Mountaintops of the Giants. Just be cautious that on your way to the Grand Lift of Rold, you will be ambushed by A Black Blade Kindred. You can defeat him if you are strong enough, or skip him and hit the Grand Lift of Rold site of Grace. Step 8: Talk to Shabriri Upon reaching Mountaintops of the Giants, you will find Yura standing near the Zamor Ruins site of Grace. However, this is just Yura’s body as Shabriri has taken him over. As you speak to him, he will push you towards accepting the Frenzied Flame and the Three Fingers. Here you can start attacking him, which will make Shabriri aggressive. Defeating Shabriri will reward you with Yura’s full armor set. If you accept Shabriri’s request and go for the Three Fingers Frenzied Flame quest, you will find Yura’s set on the ground in the same place. Elden Ring Uchigatana | Elden Ring Moonveil Katana | How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key

How to change your appearance in Elden Ring mid-game FromSoftwareElden Ring enables players to change their character’s appearance and gender after the initial character creator screen, so here’s how you can do it. Elden Ring’s character customization is incredibly robust, and players have plenty of tools available to make a unique character to fit their fantasy. However, if you want to later change the appearance of your character, or wish to cover up your own monstrous creation, then Elden Ring enables you to do just that. That being said, finding out how to edit your Elden Ring character after the customization screen can be a little tricky, particularly if you don’t know where to look. Fortunately, our handy guide will enable you to change your appearance at any stage in the game and as many times as you want. How to change your appearance in Elden Ring In order to change your appearance in Elden Ring, you’ll first need to meet Melina – the mysterious maiden. After encountering her a few times, this NPC will take players to the Roundtable Hold, where they can adjust their character’s appearance, voice, name, and body type. Read More: How to respec your character in Elden Ring – If you wish to edit your character and try a different look, then simply follow the instructions outlined below: Rest at the Site of Grace just before the Margit the Fell Omen boss arena. – Talk with Melina to trigger and accept her offer of going to the Roundtable Hold. – Once at the Roundtable Hold, head through the southern corridor and follow the path until you reach the room with the mirror. – Interact with the mirror and select “Apply cosmetics” to begin changing your appearance. – Changing your character’s appearance doesn’t cost anything, so be sure to come back to the Roundtable Hold (Table of Lost Grace) whenever you wish to spruce up your look. If you wish to enter the Roundtable Hold again, then simply open your map and warp to the location. So, there you have it, everything you need to know about customizing your character’s appearance in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide

How to beat the Jagged Peak Drake in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree DexertoShadow of the Erdtree has introduced new bosses and massive enemies for players to take on in the Realm of Shadow. One of these is the Jagged Peak Drake, of which there are three available to find. Being large dragons, these winged creatures can be intimidating when you first come across them, yet they won’t pose too much of a threat once you understand how to take them down. As such, we have broken the process down so you will be best prepared when encountering the Jagged Peak Drake while adventuring through Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree. Jagged Peak Drake locations While there are technically three Jagged Peak Drakes you will come across should you go to the right optional area in Shadow of the Erdtree, there is only one that is truly a boss fight. First, you will need to fight your way through the Dragon’s Pit section, located to the east of the DLC’s starting area. It specifically sits on top of the cliff overlooking the Scorched Ruins in the Gravesite Plains. You will need to head north from the starting area, across the large bridge toward Castle Ensis, and then head up the path that sits to the right of the Castle Front Site of Grace. After getting through the Dragon’s Pit, and working your way up through the Jagged Peak area, you will find the Foot of the Jagged Peak Site of Grace. Just past this is a rocky path that will lead you to the boss battle, where you will find the Jagged Peak Drake already fighting a smaller dragon. How to beat the Jagged Peak Drake Despite its size, the Jagged Peak Drake is quite simple to take down. You just need to be aware of its attacks: Tail Sweep: the dragon will wind up and unleash a swipe with its tail – Heavy Stomps: the Jagged Peak Drake will hover in the air, briefly, before slamming down on you – Fire Breaths: a simple fire-breathing attack that will cover the area directly in front of the dragon – Leaping Fire Breath: the dragon will fly backward as it blasts the area in front of it with fire – Flying Fire Breath: the Jagged Peak Drake will fly in a straight line while breathing fire directly in front of and below it – Lightning Roar: summons lightning in various spots around it that will strike with incredible power – Phase 1: Let the dragons fight For the first part of the fight, use the smaller dragon to your advantage, i.e. let them fight. The smaller dragon may be weaker than the Jagged Peak Drake, but it can do a lot of damage before it’s killed. This means that for this part of the fight, you don’t have to do much of anything. Simply stick to the outskirts of the battlefield with Torrent, making sure to dodge any wayward attacks that may get close to you. The Lightning Roar, especially can sneak up on you if you aren’t careful. Keep moving and stay alert while they whittle each other’s health bars down, and you will be set up for success in the second phase after the smaller dragon is killed. Phase 2: Hit and run Now, the Jagged Peak Drake won’t gain a new ability or anything during this part, but with the other drake out of the picture, it will turn its attention on you. Magic user tips Notably, magic users will have an easier time with this fight since the dragon will continually put space between the two of you. This leaves it open for spell-casting that can chunk its damage with ease without even having to get close to it. For anyone using this method: stay back, avoid its attacks, and hammer it with spells until it goes down. Given your distance from the boss, you won’t have to worry about its close-range attacks. The only two you will really need to watch out for are the Flying Fire Breath and Lightning Roar. For Flying Fire Breath, simply run to either side and you will avoid the flames entirely. For Lightning Road, look out for the spots where the lightning will strike; you will see these spots by the crackling energy that appears on the ground. Just keep moving and avoiding some of the long-range attacks the dragon will send at you, and it will fall in no time. Melee user tips However, melee users will have their own perks. All that’s needed is a bit of patience when fighting these behemoths. For a melee build, you will want to use your mount, Torrent, and keep moving. Riding Torrent is important for two reasons: It allows you to close the distance between you and the Jagged Peak Drake much easier. – It allows you to run away from the dragon when you see it charging up its attacks. – The goal is to stay on Torrent and run around the arena, moving in to get a couple of swipes in on the Jagged Peak Drake before moving away to avoid its retaliations. You should always be running from the front of the Jagged Peak Drake to behind it. This helps you to avoid attacks like Tail Sweep, Heavy Stomps, Leaping Fire Breath, and Fire Breaths that will damage the area in front of it. However, when you see it using Fire Breath and covering the ground in front of it with flames, take that moment to stop and wail on the dragon. We recommend sticking to its backside still, as trying to get a hit in on the head, while doing more damage, can be incredibly dangerous. When it performs its Flying Fire Breath attack, move to either side, and for Lightning Roar, just look out for the crackling energy that key you in on where the strikes are going to happen. Be careful not to get greedy and go for an extra hit or two, as the Jagged Peak Drake can take advantage and land additional blows. It only takes a couple of hits to wipe out your entire health bar. Occasionally, you may stun the Jagged Peak Drake, during which you can move into its head and dish out some massive damage. Once you see it start the stir again, though, hop back on Torrent and run away before it can get a swipe in at you. When taking on two Jagged Peak Drakes at the same time, let them fight each other for as long as possible. They deal solid damage to one another, and one will eventually kill the other. Just watch out for the AoE attacks like Lightning Roar that can hit you even if you aren’t the target. NPC Allies There are no specific NPC allies that you can summon for either fight with a Jagged Peak Drake. However, you can use your Mimic Tear for both, which can help take some of the attention off of your character. Jagged Peak Drake rewards For completing the fight against the Jagged Peak Drake, you will be given: 120,000 Runes – Dragon Heart – Dragonscale Flesh – Jagged Peak Drake weaknesses The Jagged Peak Drake is a tough opponent, but you can deal some extra damage through the following weaknesses: Bleed – Stacking up your Bleed is going to be the best objective for this beast. It takes awhile to build up completely, but once it does, you will see the dragon’s health disappear. The Jagged Peak Drake is just one boss in a long list of new additions for Shadow of the Erdtree, so check out our full guide to their locations. Also be sure to read up on how to take down bosses like the Divine Beast Dancing Lion, Rellana Twin Moon Knight, Messmer the Impaler, and Bayle the Dread.

How to beat the Golden Hippopotamus in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree Dexerto/FromSoftwareElden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC is finally here, and there are plenty of new foes for players to conquer. One of those is the Golden Hippopotamus, so here’s everything you need to know to strike it down. The Golden Hippopotamus is a Great Enemy boss that waits for players in the Shadow Keep legacy dungeon. It is the first enemy that you will come across in the area, and defeating it is a must before accessing the rest of the dungeon. Fortunately, it’s also a fairly forgiving introduction to the horrors that lie further within the Shadow Keep. That said, as with any Elden Ring boss, there are some significant dangers to be aware of. Golden Hippopotamus location As previously mentioned, the Golden Hippopotamus can be found enjoying a well-earned rest beneath the Marika Statue at the entrance to the Shadow Keep dungeon. The dungeon itself is in the far North East of Scadu Altus on the Shadow Lands map, and it contains many of Messmer the Impaler’s immense and terrifying forces. The Shadow Keep itself is a sprawling site with multiple entrances. Happily, the one you are looking for is the main gate, found at the end of the main road through that section of Scadu Atlas. When you get to the portcullis, head up in the elevator, and you’ll arrive at the arena for the fight. How to beat the Golden Hippopotamus As far as Elden Ring bosses go, the Golden Hippopotamus is one of the simpler propositions in the DLC, mechanically speaking. He uses a combination of bites, tackles, and head bashes, all of which do enough damage to end the fight quickly if you get complacent. Phase 1: Watch for the bite In the first instance, the hippo will charge you with its mouth agape. If it grabs you with this attack, it will bite down multiple times, potentially ending the fight before it has begun. The best option here is to roll out of the way as the range on the bite is very large, so allow enough time to get clear of its area of effect. The other regular attack it does in this first phase is slamming its head into the floor. Though it might be tempting to simply roll away again, it’s better to stay close and strafe around towards the hippopotamus’ body. This will allow you to avoid damage and get some hits in for yourself while the beast takes a 1-2 second pause after attacking in this way. The big damage play to look out for is the belly slam, which is the most difficult to avoid. The best option here is to jump just before it makes contact with the ground. Not only is this the easiest way to avoid damage, but it also opens up a window for jumping attack combos if you are running a build that suits that play style. Get your damage in after dodging basic bite attacks or head slams. Strafe to the side and attack quickly, but don’t overestimate how much time you have. The Golden Hippopotamus will counter by swiping its head around or in an uppercut motion, so bide your time and whittle its health bar down slowly. Phase 2: The Golden Hippopotamus grows its thorns When you get the boss down to half health, it will enter a second phase. The hippo will grow enormous thorns from its head and body before letting these rain down across the arena. Stick close to the boss while he is doing this, and you should avoid most, if not all, of the incoming damage. This also presents a solid opportunity to get a few more hits in, thanks to the charge time. The only major difference in its main attack types during this phase is the belly slam. The area of effect from the first portion of the fight is made larger by thorns that rise from the ground. All this means is that you will need to get slightly further clear than you did initially. Otherwise, it’s a case of biding your time and getting hits into the beast’s flank. Strafe round, quick attack, and then move away again. Repeat that rotation, and you should be fine for the rest of the fight. NPC Allies Going into the Golden Hippopotamus fight, you should have two NPC ally options. The first is Redmane Freya, who can be summoned when approaching the arena from the Main Gate Site of Grace. Hornsent is the other summon option and an effective operator in this fight, thanks chiefly to the high bleed damage the NPC offers. Golden Hippopotamus rewards After defeating the Golden Hippopotamus, you should be able to loot the following: 200,000 Runes – 2x Scadutree Fragments – Aspects of the Crucible: Thorns – The latter is a new incantation that gives players the power to summon golden thorns on themselves, in the same way as the Golden Hippopotamus’ second phase. Golden Hippopotamus weaknesses The Golden Hippopotamus is particularly weak against the following Elemental damage: Fire – That being said, most other elemental affinities are also effective. The Golden Hippopotamus is very resistant to Holy damage, so avoid that where possible. Thinking about jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree but unsure whether it’s the game for you? You can check out our thoughts on the DLC after spending a lot of time exploring the Shadow Lands. We’ve also assembled all of the new boss locations in one place

How to beat Stonedigger Troll in Elden Ring FromSoftwareStonedigger Troll is an optional boss in Elden Ring that players will encounter as they make their way through Limgrave. Here’s how you can defeat this rocky beast and claim a victory with ease. The Stonedigger Troll is one of the first optional bosses Elden Ring players will come across when venturing through the Lands Between. This monolithic titan delivers colossal hits with its Great Club, crushing any Tarnished that dare to cross it. While the sheer size of the Stonedigger Troll may be enough to put off many adventurers, it’s worth putting in the effort to beat it. This is especially true if you wish to claim Runes to upgrade your character and prepare yourself for late-game fights. However, if you’re having difficulty killing the game’s mighty foe, then our Stonedigger Troll guide will help you crush this rocky giant for good. Contents Stonedigger Troll location in Elden Ring The Stonedigger Troll is located in the depths of the Limgrave Tunnels in Limgrave. This cavernous area is filled with enemies, many of which are mining the walls in search of rare resources. Read More: Is Elden Ring on Xbox Game Pass? – Simply creep up to these creatures and backstab them for quick kills. Once you reach the bottom of the Limgrave Tunnels, open to large wooden gates to reveal the Stonedigger Troll boss arena. How to beat the Stonedigger Troll in Elden Ring The Stonedigger Troll may deal a lot of damage when it lands a hit, but due to its overall size, this boss is on the slower side. In fact, dodging its Great Club is fairly simple as long as you have enough stamina. When you first enter the arena, the Stonedigger Troll will be in the center of the room. This gives you the perfect opportunity to barrage it with ranged attacks, spells, and summon a Spirit. Once you’ve done the above, you’ll want to roll under its legs and begin attacking the troll from behind. Stick to one of the troll’s legs and constantly hit it with any melee attacks, dodging towards the opposite leg just as it’s about to stomp. If you’ve done enough damage, the Stonedigger Troll will topple over, giving you enough time to run over to its head to deliver a high-damage stab. As soon as the rocky giant gets up, continue switching between its legs, avoiding any leg stomps and using the roll to dodge the club swings. If you’re a ranged class, then you’ll want to continuously keep your distance, and attack only when the troll misses one of its mighty club slams. If you follow these tips outlined above, you should be able to take down the Stonedigger Troll with ease. So, there you have it, all the tips and tricks you need to beat the Stonedigger Troll in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. So, there you have it, all the tips and tricks you need to beat the Stonedigger Troll in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted

How to Beat Starscourge Radahn in Elden Ring From SoftwareStarscourge Radahn is one of the hardest, but most fun, bosses you’ll face in Elden Ring. Here’s how to beat Radahn and take his Elden Ring shard. We’ve all dreaded facing Starscourge Radahn since we first saw him in Elden Ring’s story trailer. This enormous brute is one of the biggest challenges the game throws at you. Sadly, there’s no simple way to defeat Radahn, but there are ways you can make your life easier. Word of warning, this guide will contain spoilers for the boss fight and general story of Elden Ring, simply due to the characters that appear. Elden Ring does a great job of building up the Radahn boss fight before you get to his location. You’ll be hearing about his “festival” from multiple NPCs before you arrive there, but once you do, it’ll be different from what you imagined. Radahn is there, but he’s far from in control. However, you’ll still need to beat him to claim his shard, here’s how to do it. Contents Where to find Radahn in Elden Ring Radahn can be found in Redmane Castle in the southeast of Caelid. Technically, this is a Legacy Dungeon, but it’s not a traditional one. While you can fight your way through Redmane Castle, you’ll be met with minimal resistance. This is apart from the two Lion monsters, but fighting these is completely optional. If you like, you can take advantage of the portal outside the entrance to warp straight to where you need to get without swinging your sword once. You see, despite what you’ve heard about the fearsome General Radahn, the Starscourge went insane long ago and is now essentially an attraction for adventurers. The reason for Radahn’s sorry state is a battle he had many ages ago with another demi-god. You can learn what happened to him in-game, or you can watch the story trailer of Elden Ring to get a good idea. In the courtyard of Redmane Castle, you’ll find an assortment of friendly NPCs, many of whom you’ll have met before, or are likely to at some point on your travels. They are all here to take part in a festival, one which pits a collection of warriors against Radahn in bloodsport. The winner gets to claim his shard of the Elden Ring. To trigger the boss fight, tell the host upon the ramparts when you’re ready and he’ll open the door to the castle’s chapel. From here, make your way to the beach where you’ll find a portal that transports you to the vast boss arena. Be ready. NPC support The Radahn boss fight in Elden Ring is unique in the game, there’s also nothing quite like it in any earlier Souls titles. In this fight, not only can you summon NPC support, but you can summon several NPCs at once, and do so continuously throughout the battle. Should an NPC fall to Radahn, their summon sign will respawn, allowing you to bring them back. While these NPCs can damage Radahn, they’re unlikely to kill him. Especially once the second phase of the fight begins. However, they can get lucky if you can summon enough of them at one time throughout the battle. This is difficult to pull off though, as Radahn will cut them down quickly and turn his attention back to you. NPCs include Alexander the Warrior Pot, Blaidd the Half-Wolf, Patches, Tregoth, and a bunch more. If you haven’t rescued Alexander yet or met Blaidd at the Mistwood ruins, then now may be a good time to do so. You can meet Blaidd in person by using the finger-click gesture in the ruins, he’ll then invite you to kill the first evergaol boss together. Alexander can be found stuck in a ditch in northern Stormhill. He needs you to whack him a few times to release him, he’ll then invite you to the festival. Be aware, Patches will enter the boss arena when you summon him, but he’ll return to his own world in fear once he sees how monstrous Radahn is. Be honest though, what else did we expect from this universe-hopping coward? It’s also advisable to defeat Radahn before you hunt down and defeat his fellow demi-god Rykard at the Volcano Manor. This is because Tregoth is one of the Manor’s assassination targets, and killing him will mean he’s unable to participate in the Radahn boss battle. Killing Tregoth is optional. It’s possible to locate and defeat Rykard without killing him. Although, completing the Manor’s list of targets unlocks some sweet rewards, including various armor sets. Just remember, Tregoth is a powerful NPC who can hold his own against Radahn better than most, he’s also a useful ally against the Draconic Tree Sentinel that guards the gates to the capital city. How to defeat Radahn in Elden Ring The moment the battle begins Radahn will start shooting arrows at you from afar. Therefore, dodge these and rush forward to summon your first set of NPC allies. If you’re the sort of player who prides themselves on beating bosses solo, you’re free to, but just know that this is essentially the closest thing Elden Ring has to a Raid boss. You and your NPC allies are supposed to fight together, and Radahn is buffed and designed to be fought by multiple enemies. Once your allies get close to Radahn, he’ll turn his attention to them, so quickly summon the others and join the fray before he kills them all. The more players attack him at once, the easier the fight will be. Just know that you’ll likely need to re-summon these NPCs as some will fall multiple times, but their summon signs will respawn, allowing them to rejoin the fight. You may be tempted to spend the duration of the battle re-summoning your allies, but this isn’t always an effective plan as without your support, your allies are weak. You can then take down the Starscurge on foot with a crew. However, you can’t use Spirit Summons in this fight so bear that in mind. Summoning help from other players can be invaluable in this difficult battle – but beware, doing so will mean you lose access to Torrent in this fight, who’s perhaps even more useful. This is a much tougher fight without a mount. Without Torrent, Radahn can easily catch up to you and end your existence with a few powerful swipes. Torrent allows you to traverse the battlefield quickly and resurrect fallen NPCs once their summon signs return. This is incredibly difficult on foot and you’re unlikely to reach many of them. Therefore, make sure your initial squad of players and NPCs has what it takes to defeat Radahn. As once the dominos start falling, the rest will surely follow. Ranged strategy Casters and archers will find Radahn easier than melee builds. They can move around the battlefield summoning allies back to life while taking shots at Radahn himself. This is essential for bringing him down. We’d advise you to only consider your NPC allies as distractions. As for Radahn to fall, you’ll need to be the one to inflict the lion’s share of the damage. Keep your distance, keep summoning, and keep shooting at him. The general will soon fall to this strategy. Arrows and spells that inflict poison will be very helpful, this way, Radahn’s health will be chipping away while he’s thrashing around the battlefield and far away from you. Once his health reaches around 50% he’ll summon a meteor that will cause massive damage to a wide area. When he vanishes from the battlefield, ride away to safety and prepare to summon your allies again. He’ll soon go back to attacking, this time more frantically, but you can take him down by repeating the same strategy. Melee strategy Getting up close and personal with Radahn is dangerous, but it can be done. If you’re fighting him without multiplayer support, then Torrent will be essential to your survival, as will your NPC allies. Move around the battlefield summoning them as often as you can, but try not to neglect the battle itself. Your allies will comfortably get Radahn to half health, but once Radahn starts summoning meteorites in phase 2 they (and you) can be easily one-shotted. When he starts this process get as far away as you can, then get back to him once it’s safe to do so. You’ll likely start summoning your squad again after his meteorite hits. Remember, if he kills all your allies and you’re far away from him, he’ll start firing those dangerous arrows again. Try and keep your team alive make sure you strike at Radahn yourself. He’ll often turn his attention to you if you’re nearby or cross the battlefield to reach you. Use as many buffs as you can to improve your stability on horseback and overall defense. It’s also worth trying to poison Radahn with items if possible. He’ll charge at you with some attacks, meaning you can circle around him and strike from behind or underneath on a few occasions. Should he summon his purple skulls though, ride away until this threat has passed. This move can instakill even the most leveled player. So, that’s how you take down Radahn in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide

How to beat Soldier of Godrick in Elden Ring FromSoftwareThe Solider of Godrick is the first boss players will meet in Elden Ring, here’s how to beat this early challenge. Not including the monster that probably killed you in the opening moments of Elden Ring, the Soldier of Godrick is the first mini-boss most players will face. The battle takes place before you even leave the cave and venture into the game’s open world – and into the clutches of the Tree Sentinel. The Solider of Godrick is essentially a training boss and is entirely skippable, you’ll only fight him if you “take the plunge” when the first ghost you meet invites you to do so. However, we recommend fighting the Solider of Godrick, as doing so is a great, and relatively easy, way to learn how bosses work in Elden Ring. It’ll also net you a nice amount of Runes. Contents Where is Solider of Godrick located? Once you’ve experienced your first, inevitable death, either during the opening boss encounter or the other nasty trick the game pulls on you, you’ll then wake up in a cave called the Fringefolk Hero’s Grave. If you like, you can simply walk out of the cave, past the first Site of Grace, and into Limgrave, although you’ll see a ghost sitting by a ledge before you do. This ghost will advise you to “take the plunge” into the ditch below to prove your worth. You don’t have to, but if you do, you’ll be headed towards the Solider of Godrick. Jumping into this pit will take you through a very brief gauntlet where the game will educate you on the basic mechanics of Elden Ring. It looks very similar to the training section of Dark Souls 2. Simply follow the linear path and you’ll eventually reach a fog gate. Walk through the fog to start the battle with this boss. How to defeat Soldier of Godrick Soldier of Godrick looks imposing, but he can be easily overcome by putting your combat lessons into practice. Souls veterans will find this first Elden Ring boss laughably easy, but newer players will need to make sure they don’t underestimate him. The boss will rush towards you and swing his greatsword at you vertically before following up with a powerful uppercut that can stagger you and drain your stamina. The good news is he can be overcome in the following ways. Melee fighters will need to dodge, block, and parry his attacks, then counterattack once he staggers. Or you can simply keep circling around him and take opportunistic swipes until he falls. For magic and ranged fighters, the trick is to keep moving and take pot shots when you can while avoiding his powerful sword swings. If he should stagger, you’ll see a gold shine near his head. This means you can rush in and score a critical hit, but you need to be quick as he’ll recover in a few seconds. Once he’s defeated, you’ll be able to return to the entrance of the cave from the boss arena and continue towards The Lands Between and your next challenge. So, there you have it, all the tips and tricks you need to beat the Soldier of Godrick in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted

How to beat Rykard in Elden Ring From SoftwareRykard is a demigod boss in Elden Ring and one of the shardholders you need to defeat to complete the game. Here’s how to beat Rykard. The hardest part of dealing with Rykard in Elden Ring is finding him. The game cleverly hides him behind a series of side quests and events that ultimately lead to a showdown with this Elden Ring shard-holding demigod. Rykard is hiding deep beneath the Volcano Manor and has created a cult-like covenant around himself, masking the truth about his current nature. This guide will contain spoilers, as the key to finding Rykard involves numerous characters that are involved in Elden Ring’s wider plot. Contents How to find Rykard in Elden Ring – Return to Rya and the Volcano Manor – Exploring the Volcano – How to beat Rykard – Post battle – How to find Rykard in Elden Ring The path to meeting Rykard starts well before the Volcano Manor and while you’re still exploring Lumaria of the Lakes. As you gallop around the swamp, you’ll notice a series of gazebos, each containing something interesting such as an item, a Site of Grace, or a portal. Although one houses an NPC in need of your help. This is the mild-mannered Rya, who’s been the victim of a mugging. Rya will ask you to retrieve a pendant that was stolen and will direct you to a nearby shack where the mugger is boiling prawns. Agree to help Rya and make your way to the mugger’s location. He will be incredibly rude to you and will try to extort you for 1000 runes in exchange for the pendant. Of course, you can kill him and loot his corpse, but we’d strongly advise against this. The mugger, Blackguard Big Boggart, has an important part to play in Elden Ring’s story and will be a vital ally later. He’s also an important player in unlocking Dung Eater’s ending. So, simply shrug off his rudeness and hand over the runes for the pendant. It’s also worth noting that the prawns he sells help buff your defense, something that can be very useful in the battles to come. He’ll later be found in the Altus Plateau selling crab. Here, he’ll be much more friendly and will offer you some useful information regarding the Dung Eater – who you’ll meet soon enough. Return to Rya and the Volcano Manor Once you return to Rya, she will be grateful to you for helping her. As a thank you, she’ll give you a key item, an Invitation to the Volcano Manor. After you’ve beaten Rennala and gained access to the Altus Plateau, you can continue heading north to Mt. Gelmir and the Manor near the summit. Here you’ll be welcomed as a guest and may also meet some familiar faces from your journey. You’ll be given some assassination contracts to complete to prove your loyalty to the covenant. Be warned, this sets you on a path towards a different ending, so if you intend to fix the Elden Ring and become the Elden Lord, simply do what you need to do to ingratiate yourself with your hosts. Killing the first few assassination targets is a great way to get the Manor’s inhabitants to trust you. These contracts have little effect on the game’s main plot, and they’ll drop some nice gear too. However, be careful when a member of the Manor asks you to kill Tregoth if you haven’t defeated Redahn yet. Tregoth is a summonable ally in the battle and can make defeating that difficult boss a bit easier. Fortunately, killing Tregoth isn’t essential to furthering this quest. After each successful assassination, you’ll learn more from the NPCs at the manor, particularly Rya, who will start to open up to you about her true nature. She’ll also express her misgivings about the goings-on at the Volcano Manor. Once she’s shown you her true form, she’ll start directing you to the room next to her which leads to the main Legacy Dungeon. Exploring the Volcano While we won’t provide a full walkthrough of the Volcano Dungeon here, this will be where you eventually face Rykard once you reach the end. You’ll need to beat a mini-boss called the Godskin Noble when you’re close to Rykard. Once you do, return to Rya using the Site of Grace to tell her what you’ve learned. Rya will then encourage you to put an end to Rykard. Continue on the path to Rykard, fighting the snake people on the way until you reach the portal that takes you to Rykard’s arena. Remember, if you decide to go all-in with the Volcano Manor covenant, you can skip the Legacy Dungeon and just keep killing their assassination targets. You’ll eventually be granted an audience with Rykard that doesn’t involve fighting your way through an active volcano. Be warned though, none of the NPCs you’re sent to invade are pushovers, the volcano path may be easier for some. If you do meet Rykard by invitation, you’ll be given the option to battle him during that scene. How to beat Rykard Rykard isn’t a traditional Elden Ring boss fight, like Radahn’s, it features its own gimmick and that is the key to victory. This is very similar to the Storm King fight from Demon’s Souls and the Yhorm battle from Dark Souls 3 in that sense. Essentially, you’ll need to use a certain special weapon to bring Rykard down, rather than the one you’re using. The good news is this weapon is located to your left when you enter the boss arena and is ridiculously fun to wield! Once you’ve picked up the Serpent-Hunter Swordspear, immediately equip it. You may also want to consider exiting the game (and boss arena), and then traveling to the Round Table Hold to upgrade it. The weapon will allow you to attack Rykard from afar without having to walk across the lava that surrounds him. This causes continuous fire damage as you fight and makes the battle much harder. The weapon works like any other but casts a huge gust attack when you slash, and this is devastatingly effective against Rykard. Tips to defeat Rykard If you normally use a shield, we’d advise you to sling it on your back for this fight and use the Serpent-Hunter with two hands for maximum damage. This will make short work of Rykard in his first form. When it comes to buffs, any incantations or gear that protects against fire and physical damage is highly recommended. Anything that increases your damage output is also helpful. Try to use a ranged Spirit Summon if you can, this way they’ll not be tempted to run into Rykard’s lava and burn to death. They can attack from a safe distance and distract Rykard while you pummel him. If you’re typically a melee user and don’t have much use for FP then we’d advise you to rethink this now. Make sure you’re carrying some flasks to fill your FP bar, as many of the Serpent Hunter’s heavy attacks use FP, if you run out, you’re in trouble. So, make sure you allocate a few flasks to magic and not all of them to health. Rykard will become more aggressive in his second phase and will start firing skulls at you. These really hurt, so dodging becomes more important once the fight starts again. Stick to your strategy and hit him with your new weapon while avoiding his attacks. Post battle The denizens of the Volcano Manor will be surprisingly easy-going about the death of their demi-god. None will be hostile once you return. The Lady of The Manor will leave peacefully, as will Rya, and the other members. Patches will also move on to his next location. However, you can continue to hunt down assassination targets if you wish. So, that’s how you take down Rykard in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | Elden Ring Starscourge Radahn | Elden Ring Gold Scarab Talisman | Elden Ring health debuff | Elden Ring Icon Shield

How to beat Romina Saint of the Bud in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftwareRomina, Saint of the Bud, continues the fine FromSoftware tradition of bosses that are an attractive lady on top and a monstrous insect on the bottom. You won’t get a chance to marvel at Romina’s appearance, though, as she’s one of the hardest bosses in Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. As with most Elden Ring bosses, you’ll have a chance to prepare before you enter her arena, as there’s a Site of Grace just outside her boss gate. Before tackling her, ensure you’ve spent any excess Runes and prepare any items or spells that protect against Scarlet Rot. Romina is a tough boss, but with persistence, you’ll wear her down and earn her Remembrance. Her moveset will initially seem daunting, but her pattern has holes you can exploit. Romina, Saint of the Bud Location Romina is on the west side of the Shadow Realm. Once you’ve defeated Golden Hippopotumas in the Shadow Keep, you’ll be able to explore and leave through the West Rampart. This lets you cross a massive drawbridge leading to a Site of Grace called Viaduct Minor Tower in the Ancient Ruins of the Rauh region. From here, there are a series of caves leading down. This will eventually lead to a Site of Grace called the Church of the Bud, Main Entrance. You’ll see a church covered in monstrous plants, which is the area where Romina resides. How to beat Romina, Saint of the Bud As previously mentioned, Romina can inflict Scarlet Rot with her attacks. As such, prepare spells or items that heal Scarlet Rot or reduce its build-up. This is vital, especially when you face her second phase, as the frequency of her Scarlet Rot attacks increases. If you’re lucky, Romina won’t charge you at the start of the fight, which will give you time to cast a summon and heal (if you’ve lost health from summoning a mimic). Once she gets going, however, she’ll be on you for the rest of the fight. Romina is extremely aggressive, so be ready to dodge as soon as she enters your area. Phase 1 Romina fights with her sword, front centipede head, and back scorpion tail, though she tends only to use one at a time. In terms of mobility, she’s extremely fast, has the annoying Elden Ring boss trick of jumping out of counterattack range, can roll around like the Fire Giant, and has some flying attacks. Romina’s sword has incredible range and an AoE that can strike around her entire body. Her scorpion tail is often used to punish healing, so run backward out of her range before healing. Romina’s sword attacks seem imposing at first, but they’re easy to dodge roll through. The centipede head is also easy to dodge, but the second hit comes out very quickly after the first, so don’t panic roll into it. One of Romina’s most annoying attacks involves her jumping in the air and shooting downward for a massive AoE attack that inflicts Scarlet Rot. To dodge this, watch for her eyes flashing or a loud noise, as this is your indicator to press the button. The sound is your better bet, as Romina can clip through the scenery, preventing you from seeing her eyes. When Romina does her Sonic the Hedgehog roll, just dodge roll to the side when she gets close and be wary of nearby walls, as this will allow her to circle quicker. So, how do you beat her? Like most Elden Ring bosses, you need to wait out her 2-3 attack combos, get your hits in, and prepare for another round of dodges. Evasion works better than shields, as all her attacks have obvious dodge windows. Romina is susceptible to stagger attacks! Jumping blows alongside a Mimic summon can easily put her in a critical hit state. This is a preferable method of attacking unless you’re using fast weapons with a status effect build-up. Phase 2: Butterflies and Scarlet Rot Once you knock Romina, Saint of the Bud down to 50% health, she’ll enter her second phase. As soon as this happens, she’ll be surrounded by a purple aura and violet butterflies, which damages nearby characters and has a heavy Scarlet Rot build-up. She will also create butterflies that explode and inflict Scarlet Rot. When it looks like you or your summon are about to knock her to 50%, strike and then dodge roll backward to evade her immediate attack. Then, run out of the way out of her butterflies. Unlike some other bosses in Shadow of the Erdtree, Romina’s moveset doesn’t drastically alter in her second phase. She can perform the AoE butterfly attack from when she enters the phase, so be ready to run whenever she flashes purple. The main addition to her arsenal is a new flying move, where she strikes three times with her sword with diving attacks. This attack is easy to dodge, as it’s well sign-posted and they come out fairly slowly, so you have recovery time to prepare your next dodge. The only hard part is that you can’t counter while she’s using this move, so focus on dodging and be ready to pounce when she hits the ground. When she dives, Romina can also leave a trail of butterflies behind her. Avoid these, as they will explode and inflict Scarlet Rot. NPC allies There are no NPC allies available to summon in the Romina fight, though Mimic Tear obviously remains on the table as a solid option for this fight. Romina, Saint of the Bud rewards Romina, Saint of the Bud drops the following after being defeated: 280,000 Runes – Remembrance of the Saint of the Bud – Remembrance of the Saint of the Bud can be taken to Enia and traded, either for the Poleblade of the Bud glaive weapon or Rotten Butterflies, an incantation added to the game with the Shadow of the Erdtree expansion. Romina, Saint of the Bud weaknesses Romina, Saint of the Bud is weak against the following ailments, statuses and elements: Hemmorage – Frostbite – Holy – Pierce – Romina is resistant to damage from Scarlet Rot, Fire, and Standard damage, the latter of which covers Pierce, Slash and Strike attacks. That, in particular, could prove tricky for a lot of builds, so bear that in mind before heading into battle. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands.

How to beat Rennala Queen of the Full Moon in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FROMSOFTWARERennala Queen of the Full Moon is an optional Boss in Elden Ring, but you might want to take her down as she’s a shardbearer and the one who can help you respec your character. Here’s everything you need to know about this powerful sorceress in FromSoftware’s game. You’ll face Rennala shortly after defeating the Red Wolf of Redagon in Raya Lucaria. This legacy dungeon boss isn’t actually a demigod herself, but her ex-husband was. As a result, Rennala is still in possession of his shard of the Elden Ring, which you’ll need to enter Leyndell, Royal Capital. Additionally, the head of the Carian Royal family has the ability to help you respec your character’s stats once you’ve defeated her, so it’s definitely worth the fight. Rennala is one of the most creative and impressive bosses in all of FromSoftware’s games and the battle takes place over two vastly different phases. Here’s what you need to do to overcome this powerful sorceress. Contents How to defeat Rennala Queen of the Full Moon in Elden Ring – Where to find Rennala Queen of the Full Moon in Elden Ring – Rennala Queen of the Full Moon stats – Useful tips to defeat Rennala Queen of the Full Moon – All Rennala Queen of the Full Moon attacks – Rennala Queen of the Full Moon drops – How to defeat Rennala Queen of the Full Moon in Elden Ring When you enter Rennala’s arena you’ll see it filled with crawling scholars in graduation gowns called her “sweetings”. No matter how many of these you kill, she’ll simply summon more, so don’t bother trying to thin the herd. Phase 1 These creepy kid creatures can attack you with swipes or spells but are relatively slow and harmless on their own. However, if you get caught in a chain of attacks by several, they can soon kill you. So, stay mobile, and don’t let them gang up on you. Rennala herself will be floating in the air within a protective bubble whispering sweet words to her Elden Ring Shard as she cradles it like a baby. She’ll also cast the occasional spell at you and resurrect her sweetings. Her fire and glintstone spells can do major damage, so use the bookshelves to avoid her attacks. To win this fight, try to locate the sweeting covered by a golden aura and attack them. You don’t need to kill them but do shatter the aura. Doing so will damage Rennala’s shield and after breaking 3 gold auras, Rennala’s shield will break and she’ll float down to the floor – this is when you can attack and damage her. Once you’ve got in a few good hits, Rennala will cast an explosive spell and restore her shield, so get away from her the moment she begins glowing, as this attack can really hurt. She’ll then cast the golden aura on another sweeting and you’ll need to repeat the process. Remember, her attacks against you increase in frequency the more health she loses, making her progressively more dangerous. When surrounded by a golden aura, her sweetings will be able to fire books at you, making them more dangerous than normal, so be wary. The good news is this process is pretty simple when you know what you’re doing. Once you’ve reduced her health to zero, a cutscene will play and you’ll enter phase 2 of this boss. Phase 2 In phase 2, Rennala will fight you directly in a new arena and will cast a variety of powerful spells. Her attacks can be devastating to those with little magic defense, so avoid them at all costs. Luckily, she’ll telegraph them in advance so you can avoid each one with some careful timing. While Rennala hits hard she’s also somewhat of a glass cannon and doesn’t have much health or poise. So, ending the fight as quickly as possible is to your advantage, you can do massive damage to her, so take advantage of these moments. This way she has less time to cast her spells against you – worse, she’ll also summon increasingly difficult back-up. She’ll also make life harder for you by summoning a variety of spirit allies including a Giant, a Bloodhound Knight, and a Dragon. Naturally, each of these enemies is hard enough on their own, so killing her before she can summon them is recommended. The good news is these spirit allies disappear after a few attacks, so try to avoid them and don’t engage. Just focus on Rennala. Using your own spirit summons is also a smart way to fight fire with fire, as these will draw some of her attention and that of her allies. Post battle Surprisingly for a Souls game, Rennala will survive the battle once you defeat her and will surrender her Elden Ring Shard to you. She will then become a friendly NPC, allowing you to repec your character design should you revisit her in her tower and offer her a Larval Tear. Where to find Rennala in Elden Ring Rennala can be located in Liurnia, after taking the elevator to the top of the Raya Lucaria Academy, the very end of the legacy dungeon. After beating the Red Wolf of Radagon, make your way outside and take the path round to the elevator. A giant ball will roll towards you and can be very dangerous, but once you’re past it you can unlock a shortcut to avoid taking this hazardous route again. Remember, the elevator is guarded by a powerful Carim Knight who can ruin your day due to his auto-parry ability. Fight him if you like, but don’t be afraid to lure him away from the elevator then run back to it quickly to escape him and progress to the boss. You can also cheese this enemy by sending the lift back up and coaxing the Knight to fall to his death down the elevator shaft. We won’t judge you. Rennala Queen of the Full Moon stats The stats for this powerful sorceress will change from one phase to the other, so here are both of them: Health: 3493 HP / 4097 HP – Defense: 109 / 109 – Stance: 0 / 80 – Parryable: No / No – Immunities: Sleep and Madness / Sleep and Madness – Deals: Magic, Fire, and Standard physical damage / Magic damage – Rennala Queen of the Full Moon weaknesses During the first phase of the combat, Rennala will be immune to any Critical Hit as breaking her stance will cause her to collapse briefly. However, things change during the second phase, and you’ll be able to deal a lot of damage with Critical Attacks once her stance is broken. Additionally, Rennala is weak to Standard, Slash, and Pierce damage, and during the second part, she’ll stagger easily before physical damage. The smart thing to do is to take a quick weapon like Fists to target the scholars and switch to a stronger weapon -yet light and fast- for when it’s time to hit her. Keep in mind that this boss has extremely high Magic negation, so you need to approach this encounter as a melee fight with a weapon that scales with Intelligence or Faith like Moonveil. Useful tips to defeat Rennala Queen of the Full Moon NPC summons There is no particular NPC you can summon for this battle, but you can use the multiplayer option for this boss battle. Spirit Ashes One of the best Spirit Ashes you can use for this battle is the Lone Wolf, which summons three lone wolf spirits that can distract and stagger the enemy while you deal damage. It has decent HP and moves quickly enough to avoid being hit, so it lasts longer in combat. It costs 55 FP and can be obtained from Renna at the Church of Elleh in Limgrave The Godrick Soldier summons two Godrick soldier spirits that fight next to you. Because there are two of them, they have a good amount of HP and can work as a distraction just like the Lone Wolf Ashes. It takes 54 FP and can be found next to a grave at the Cemetery on the west side of Stormhill. The Avionette Soldier Ashes and the Skeletal Militiaman Ashes work the same way, so you can try and use them too, but no matter which Ash you pick, you need to summon them during the second phase to truly take advantage of them. Items As a powerful sorceress, Rennala will deal Magic and Fire damage, so you need to equip yourself with items that will debuff her power. The best option at this point in the game is to use the Spelldrake Talisman, which reduces the percentage of damage dealt with magic. You can get the regular Talisman inside the Earthbore Cave at the Weeping Peninsula, its +1 alternative at the northwest of Sellia, Town of Sorcery, or its ultimate +2 variation underneath the Hidden Path to the Heligtree. Also, you can equip the Flamedrake Talisman to increase your fire and physical resistances. The regular one can be found in the Groveside Cave in Limgrave, the +1 is at Leyndell Royal Capital near the Grand Lift of Rold, and the +2 variation is dropped by the Beastman of Farum Azula in Dragonbarrow Cave. Magic Rock Sling is the best spell you can use against Rennala Queen of the Full Moon. This Gravity Sorcery summons rocks from the earth and launches them toward your target. It only costs 18 FP and requires 18 Intelligence. You can find the Rock Sling Spell inside a chest on the Street of Sages Ruins, just look for an underground cellar surrounded by Servants of Rot. All Rennala Queen of the Full Moon attacks When fighting this boss, you must look out for all of these attacks: Light Explosion – Chandelier Drop – Gravestones – Fire Breath – Headbutt – Flying Book and Flying Globe – Comet Azur – Star Shower – Glintstone Cometshard and Glintstone Pebbles – Shattering Crystal – Rennala’s Full Moon – Twirling Toss, Twirling Spiral, and Twirling Retreat – Additionally, Rennala will summon different spirits during your encounter, such as Lone Wolfs, Bloodhound Knight Spirit, Dragon Spirit, and Troll Knight Spirit. Rennala Queen of the Full Moon drops After this arduous encounter is over, you’ll be rewarded with 30,000 runes, the Great Rune of the Unborn, and the Remembrance of the Full Moon Queen. The Great Rune of the Unborn is a special item that gives you the perfect rebirth ability, which means you can go back to Rennala and offer her a Larval Tear any time you wish to respec your character. All the attribute points will be given back to you and you can redistribute them however you like. As for the Remembrance of the Full Moon Queen, it’s the same as the ones given by Godrick, Mohg, Morgott, and other Bosses. It can be sold for 20,000 runes or given to Enia at the Roundtable Hold in exchange for Rennala’s Full Moon or the Carian Regal Scepter. For more Elden Ring content, check some of our guides below: Best Elden Ring PC settings | Elden Ring patch notes | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted

How to beat Rellana Twin Moon Knight in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftwareRellana, Twin Moon Knight, is the second major Legacy Dungeon boss in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree. She’s also the first major test of your skills, here’s how to take her down. After defeating the Dancing Lion and making your way through Castle Ensis in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree, a powerful Carian Knight will eventually confront you – and they possess a very familiar fighting style and name. Rellana, not to be confused with Rennala, is the younger sister of the defeated Carian Queen. Now in the service of Messmer the Impaler, this warrior princess stands in your way, and as this is Elden Ring, there’s only one way things can be settled. Here’s how to defeat Rellana in Shadow of the Ertree. Rellana location in Shadow of the Erdtree Finding Rellana is actually quite simple, just work your way through the Castle Ensis until you reach the Castle Lord’s Site of Grace. Rellana is located up the small staircase to the right. You’ll know a boss is coming up due to the gold summon sign on the ground before the entryway. How to beat Rellana Twin Moon Knight Rellana is a powerful knight, lightning quick, and can not only cut you down with her blade, but she covers the arena in AOE attacks and can jump from one side of the battlefield to another in the blink of an eye. Her first sword is a nod to her Carian lineage and is loaded with none elemental magic (known as Glintstone in Elden Ring) while her other sword is inflicts fire damage. Rellana is also resistant to magic and fire damage, so if you’re a caster that primarily makes use of these spells, consider switching out to lightning attacks, as this is something she’s weak against. If you’re a melee fighter, consider infusing your weapon with lightning to do more damage against her. If you’re a build that uses shields, then consider bringing Carian Retaliation with you, as this will allow you to repel her spells, giving you an advantage. Only try this though if you’re already planning on using a shield, otherwise, it’ll complicate your strategy. Phase 1 In her first phase, Rellana will strike with lots of sweeping slashing combos which are mercifully not infused with magic for the most part. If you’re feeling brave you can try to parry her, but we’d recommend dodging her attacks, getting behind her, and striking while she recovers. If she’s far from you, she may slice her sword, using her Glintstone Arc spell which is easy to avoid and can be rolled through for a retaliatory counterattack. However, we’d advise trying to stay behind her, as you’ll have more windows to punish her while she winds up or recovers. Be very wary of her Phalanx spell, as while these little blue swords hover over your head, you’re in a lot of danger. Dodge and weave until they’re gone, then continue your assault. Don’t get struck by her and become a sitting duck for this attack once it locks on and strikes. This will likely lead to instant death. Be patient, and resume your battle once the danger from above has gone. Once you get Rellana to 50% health, she’ll transition to her the second phase of the battle. Phase 2 In phase 2, Rellana will start using fire attacks. She’ll also become much more aggressive and will infuse her swords with both standard and fire magic. Most of her slashing attacks will now also be spells as Rellana starts swinging away with huge magic swords or explosive spinning combos. In this stage she becomes harder to dodge and parry, so remain alert and be aware that he attacks now do much more AoE damage. This means getting away from her isn’t always the safest thing, so you’re still advised to try and get behind her. If she turns her attention to an NPC ally or your Spirit Summons, make use of the precious seconds. Just remember, she can spin around and change targets in an instant. Her second phase will also cause Rellana to use Moon magic against you too (she’s a Carian princess, after all). This attack is well-telegraphed but does massive AoE damage which may cause your remaining NPC allies and Spirit Summons to die. Get out of the area of attack or roll through the blasts, then get back at her the second you’re clear, as you can land a few hits on Rellana as she recovers. Rellana is a significant challenge even to veteran Souls players and is considerably tougher than the DLC’s first boss, but keep your head, learn her attacks, and take advantage of the many flaws in her game, and you’ll find victory comes. NPC summons for Rellana If the boss is proving difficult, consider summoning Needle Knight Leda as an NPC ally in this fight, provided you have been following her quest. Just be aware that Rellana will receive a buff to her health and damage output if you do. Or, only use your Spirit Summons, as Rellana doesn’t receive any buffs from you using them. Rellana, Twin Moon Knight rewards Rellana drops the following after she’s been slain: 240,000 Runes – Remembrance of the Twin Moon Knight – The Remembrance can be traded with Enia (even if she’s dead now) at the Roundtable Hold for runes or Rellana’s Twin Blade weapons. Rellana’s weaknesses Messmer the Impaler is weak against the following elements and status ailments: Lightning – Frostbite – Holy – Slash – Rellana is resistant to magic and fire attacks. They can still harm her but won’t be hugely impactful when compared to lightning attacks. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands. If you’re on the hunt for a specific boss, we’ve also broken down all of their locations in the expansion.

How to beat Red Wolf of Radagon in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FROMSOFTWAREThe Red Wolf of Radagon is an optional Boss that guards the Grand Library of Raya Lucaria Academy in Elden Ring. If you’re planning on going after it, here’s everything you need to know about this beast, including its location, weaknesses, and the best strategies to defeat it. Despite Redagon leaving Raya Lucaria many years ago, his fearsome Red Wolf remains there. This boss is still loyally guarding his mistress despite his master’s departure. You’ll need to beat Radagon’s Red Wolf in Elden Ring so that you can progress and battle Rennala in the tower above. However, this loyal beast isn’t going to let you pass without a fight. In terms of fighting style and lore, the Red Wolf draws some obvious comparisons to the Great Grey Wolf Sif from Dark Souls. Those who’ve beaten Sif will be at an immediate advantage when this Elden Ring boss battle begins, as the strategy to beat the Red Wolf of Radagon is similar – however, unlike Sif, the Red Wolf is proficient in Glintstone magic. Here’s how to beat the Red Wolf of Radagon in Elden Ring. Contents How to defeat the Red Wolf of Radagon in Elden Ring – Where to find the Red Wolf of Radagon in Elden Ring – Red Wolf of Radagon stats – Useful tips to defeat the Red Wolf of Radagon – All Red Wolf of Radagon attacks – Red Wolf of Radagon drops – Additional Red Wolf encounters – How to defeat the Red Wolf of Radagon in Elden Ring The Red Wolf uses a lot of recycled moves from the Sif boss fight in Dark Souls, and the Gravetender Great Wolf from Dark Souls 3. So, if you have experience with these bosses, this will be a great help. However, if you’re new to Souls games, you can overcome the Red Wolf by staying mobile and attacking opportunistically. The Wolf is extremely fast and hits hard, but the good news is he doesn’t have much health. A shield can be very helpful as if his attacks connect, this will save your life in many cases. He also employs a lot of Glintstone magic throughout the fight, meaning you’ll need to keep an eye on where these attacks land as well as the Wolf himself. If you’ve got any items that offer protection from Glintstone magic, then equipping them before the fight will help immensely. You can often dodge his magic attacks and use that as an opportunity to get close to him and score a hit, or if you’re attacking at range, you can strike from a distance while he cools down and pivots to his next move. Melee and ranged strategies Melee fighters will need to get up close and personal with the Wolf, either block or dodge his attacks and strike while he winds up a move or recovers from the last one. You can also let him come to you, then strike. Constantly running will put you on the back foot, needing to avoid his magic attacks rather than countering while he’s open, so aim to find opportunities to do both. Ranged fighters need to avoid his attacks and counterattack when there’s an opening – but from a safe distance. It’s very important to keep a sizable gap between you both, as you’re likely to be weaker than tank-like players. However, you’re also likely to have a higher magic defense, meaning his Glintstone attacks will be less of a concern. Stay nimble and keep one eye on the wolf and another on his AOE spells. If you’ve got health to spare and the boss is weak, one final charge and flurry of attacks will finish him off – but only if it’s worth the risk. Where to find Red Wolf of Radagon The Red Wolf can be found behind the fog gate that leads into the Lecture Hall in the Raya Lucaria Academy. The path to him is treacherous and filled with Glintstone sorcerers who can be a menace if they attack in groups. Therefore, we’d advise using stealth, then pick them off one by one as you make your way through the corridors. Once you reach the next room, go west and all the way up the stairs. Continue east down the hallway and you’ll find the Red Wolf of Radagon’s gate. Red Wolf of Radagon stats This Boss has the following stats: Health: 2204 HP – Defense: 107 – Stance: 120 – Parryable: No – Immunities: Madness – Deals: Magic and Standard physical damage – Red Wolf of Radagon weaknesses As every other Boss, the Red Wolf of Radagon is vulnerable to Critical hits once its stance is broken, so focus on doing so. Additionally, this fierce beast is weak to Slash damage, so take with you weapons like Curved Swords, Daggers, Katanas, or even Claws and Reapers. You can also try some of those weapons to inflict enough Pierce damage to cause bleeding, however, it’s not really worth the effort, as the Red Wolf of Radagon already has a very low health pool. Useful tips to defeat the Red Wolf of Radagon NPC summons If you’ve met Sorceress Sellen and become her apprentice, you’ll be able to summon her for support in this boss fight. Luckily for you, her gold summon sign can be found just outside the boss’s gate. While doing so will give the wolf a health and damage buff, Sellen will be a powerful ally to have during the encounter. She’ll be able to pepper the boss with Glintstone magic from a distance, causing a distraction and helping you chip away at his health. Spirit Ashes For this kind of battle, you’ll need a Spirit Ash with high defense that can stand strong for a prolonged time. The Spirit Jellyfish is the ideal option, as it summons a giant stationary jellyfish that deals damage from a distance, while also being able to take a lot of damage. It costs 31 FP and can be obtained from Roderika at the Stormhill Shack in Limgrave. You can also go for the Marionette Soldier Ashes, which summons two marionette soldier spirits that fight by your side. They cost 67 FP and can be found right in the Raya Lucaria Academy. If you do choose to use Spirit Summons, make sure you’ve upgraded them. By now you’ll have likely gathered some Grave and Ghost Glovewort from the numerous catacombs you’ve visited, this can be used to strengthen your Spirit Ash through Roderika at the Round Table Hold. Just make sure you’ve completed her quest to do so. Items Due to the Red Wolf of Radagon wielding sorceries during the battle, you need to equip yourself with items that can debuff Magic damage. The Spelldrake Talisman reduces this by 13, 17, or 20 percent depending on its upgrade level. This useful item can be found in the Weeping Peninsula, inside the Earthbore Cave after you’ve defeated the Runebear. You can obtain its +1 alternative in a small room on the northwest side of Sellia, Town of Sorcery, or the +2 on a corpse in an alcove at the top of the secret catacombs underneath the Hidden Path to the Heligtree. Additionally, you can also use the Spellproof Dried Liver, which is a Consumable that boosts magic damage negation by 15% for 2 minutes. You can find one under a large tombstone in Liurnia of the Lakes or inside the Black Knife Catacombs on the northeastern side of that same region. Magic The Red Wolf of Radagon encounter is quite frenetic, so it’s best to use fast-casting Spells such as the Glintstone Pebble. This Sorcery fires a magic projectile made of glintstone towards your enemy. It has good range and only costs 7 FP and requires 10 Intelligence. It is a starting spell for the Astrologer class, but if you picked a different character type, you can purchase it from Sorceress Sellen for 1000 runes the the Limgrave Waypoint Ruins or from Thops at the Church of Irith. All Red Wolf of Radagon attacks When fighting this beast, you must look out for all of these attacks: Bite – Leaping Bite – Golden Blade – Blade Plunge – Magic Glintblade – Glintblade Dash – Glintstone Cometshard – Red Wolf of Radagon drops Once you’ve managed to beat the Radagon’s Red Wolf, you’ll be rewarded with 14,000 runes and a Memory Stone. Plus, you’ll be able to reach Rennala Queen of the Full Moon, and respec your character after you defeat her. A Memory Stone increases the amount of Memory Slots each player has, and you can get up to 8 of them. Additional Red Wolf encounters Your encounter with Radagon’s Red Wolf at the Academy isn’t the last time you’ll fight this boss. There are other Red Wolves scattered around the map in different locations. The first can be found in the southwest area of Liurnia of The Lakes once you enter the Three Sisters region. This version is reimagined as a field boss, meaning you can use Torrent to keep up with it and avoid its attacks. However, this Red Wolf has a pack of normal wolves to back it up in combat. We recommend taking this out first and then focusing your attention on the boss. Having Torrent makes this fight much easier than before and you can match the wolf’s speed, just be wary of his pack. Another wolf can be found in the Eternal City of Nokron, and another is patrolling the Consecrated Snowfield. Like the Red Wolf in Liurnia, these are field bosses and are accompanied by a retinue of normal wolves. Repeat the strategies from the first Red Wolf of Radagon boss, but be sure to make use of Torrent and kill the lesser wolves before turning your attention to the larger beasts. On horseback they are fairly easy to kill if you stick and move, never reaching the threat level of the original boss. For more Elden Ring content, check some of our guides below: Best Elden Ring PC settings | Elden Ring patch notes | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Rennala of the Full Moon |

How to beat Putrescent Knight in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree Dexerto/FromSoftwareElden Ring‘s long-awaited Shadow of the Erdtree DLC is finally here, and it’s brought with it all manner of new threats for our characters to deal with. One of those is the Putrescent Knight, so here’s everything you need to know to put it to the sword. The Putrescent Knight is one of the more formidable foes in Shadow of the Erdtree, with a varied set of attacks at its disposal. With the occasional assistance of his warhorse mount, there’s a lot to keep an eye on, and windows for effective damage output are limited. As an optional boss, taking the Putrescent Knight on directly isn’t mandatory for progression, but what is life without a little challenge? Read on for our full breakdown of how to track down the Putrescent Knight and kill it. Putrescent Knight location Of all the boss fights in the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC, the Putrescent Knight might be the most awkward to get to. In short, head to the Fissure Depths Site of Grace. From there, run directly up the stairs and jump off the bull’s head statue. You should immediately be able to see the Knight roaming around on his horse. To get to the Fissure Depths in the first place, start at the Cerulean Coast in the South of the map. From there, head West and then follow the coast South until you reach The Fissure Site of Grace. Jump into the large hole in the ground and you should be able to easily find the Stone Coffin Fissure Sirt of Grace. Then, it’s simply a case of heading directly East until you come to the aforementioned Fissure Depths. Move forward, leap into the abyss once again, and get ready to face your next foe. How to beat Putrescent Knight Before taking on the night, it’s important to note the boss’ relationship with Frostbite. Not only is it largely resistant to damage of this type, it also dishes out Frostbite if you get hit by some of his attacks. Resistances and other outgoing damage types are critical to success here. Phase 1: Watch out for the leap attack The very first thing the boss will do when seeing you is to charge across the arena on its horse. As soon as you land, summon anything you have prepared to assist in the fight (Mimic Tear is, as always, a great option,) then roll away from the initial salvo. To get the more timid efforts out of the way first, the main regular attack sees the Putrescent Knight throw his weapon. It’s easy to roll under, but you won’t have much time to react, so look out for the small animation as it winds up. Additionally, it will repeatedly charge as it did at the start of the fight, slicing as it goes. Dodging is the easiest thing to do here, but blocking is also possible, with the latter being the better option when it comes to returning damage at the same time. The major thing to watch out for is a two-part combo that will quickly bring the fight to a close if you get caught by it. Initially, the Knight will leap from his horse and slam his weapon down on the ground. Though this is relatively easy to avoid by rolling away, there isn’t much warning, and it deals spectacular damage, so stay vigilant. From there, the Knight will do a bizarre spinning charge on foot while his mount runs full tilt at you twice. Again, all of these attacks can be blocked or dodged, but in this case, you are much better off just staying as far out of the way as possible rather than trying to get any damage in here. The end of this two-part combination attack is your safest chance to get some heavy strikes in. It’s also a great opportunity to heal up if you need to. Phase 2: Avoid the waves The second phase of the fight is where things are going to get tough. When the Putrescent Knight crosses 60% health, it will begin to levitate in preparation for its blue flame attack. This sees three pulsing waves of fire that deal significant damage and inflict Frostbite buildup. If you feel comfortable with the rhythm of the pulses then you can roll forward as the shockwave arrives. This allows you to jump over its effects. The much safer option is to roll as far away as possible, pushing your character to the edge of the arena. This will move you out of the area of effect and keep you safe from Frostbite. After completing that cast, the Putrescent Knight will continue his usual rotation with one added difference. He will occasionally blast another wave of flames that you will need to roll over in this case, as you likely won’t have time to get out of range. From there, take your time dealing damage, don’t get greedy and strike while the boss is recovering from heavy attacks or lengthy casts. That’s all there is to know about defeating the Putrescent Knight in Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC. NPC allies It is not possible to summon any NPC allies for the Putrescent Knight fight, so you’ll have to rely on Mimic Tear or other Spirit Ashes. Putrescent Knight rewards After defeating the Putrescent Knight it should drop the following rewards: 220,000 Runes – Remembrance of Putrescence – The Remembrance of Putrescence can be traded with Enia at Roundtable Hold to unlock the formidable Putrescence Cleaver or the Vortex of Putrescence sorcery. Putrescent Knight weaknesses The Putrescent Knight is vulnerable to the following damage types: Scarlet Rot – Holy – It’s also important to note that he is resistant to Frostbite so you may want to change things up if your build revolves around that damage type. If you’re unsure whether Elden Ring and the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC is for you, then you can check out our thoughts on what it has to offer. We’ve also prepared a full guide to all the new boss locations in one handy list.

How to beat Pumpkin Head in Elden Ring FromSoftwarePumpkin Head is one of the first optional bosses players will encounter in Elden Ring, but that doesn’t make him any less menacing. Here’s how you can beat this foe and claim the Pumpkin Helm. Elden Ring is home to plenty of optional bosses that Tarnished can choose to either flee from or defeat to gain extra Runes and items. Aside from Flying Dragon Agheel, Pumpkin Head is another early boss many players will likely encounter during their adventures through the Lands Between. While Pumpkin Head may not look that imposing, this beastly man can make short work of unprepared adventurers. Whether you’re aiming to take down every boss you encounter in the game or just wish to add the Pumpkin Helm to your collection, then this Pumpkin Head boss guide has you covered. Contents Pumpkin Head location in Elden Ring Pumpkin Head is located in the Waypoint Ruins. The ruins may seem abandoned at first, but they are actually filled with man-eating Miranda Flowers. Simply avoid or kill these enemies, then make your way over to the cellar stairs and enter the boss room below. How to beat Pumpkin Head in Elden Ring Unlike the other Pumpkin Head enemies you’ll face throughout the game, this particular boss is a Mad Pumpkin Head. While it may only be marginally stronger than his regular counterparts, this beast can take a chunk out of you if you’re not careful. Pumpkin Head is incredibly slow and has well-telegraphed attacks that are very easy to dodge once you learn the pattern. Simply wait for him to land one of his flail slams or head slams, then rush towards him to deliver a few quick hits. Once you’ve managed to get up close, it’s best to keep circling around the boss as this will enable you to easily avoid his moves. As you’re circling around Pumpkin Head, simply keep attacking him and roll out the way his horizontal flail swings. As long as you avoid hitting the large metallic head armor and keep on your toes, this optional boss can be defeated very quickly. Once you’ve managed to deliver the final blow, you’ll be rewarded with the Pumpkin Helm. Read More: Elden Ring character classes guide – If that wasn’t enough, players can also enter the next room and meet Sorceress Sellen, who will teach Tarnished new Glintstone Sorceries, which can be expanded upon further with the use of magical Scrolls. So, there you have it, all the tips and tricks you need to beat the Pumpkin Head in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted

How to beat Promised Consort Radahn in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftwareSo you’ve reached the last boss of Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree and now a fully restored Radahn stands before you, here’s how to take him down – again. Once you climb up the tower and finally catch up to Miquella at the Gate of Divinity, you’ll be confronted by Radahn, alive and in his prime. In truth, this version of Radahn is actually Mohg’s body wearing Radahn’s armor being puppeteered by Miquella. But don’t let that fool you, while he retains some of Mohg, Lord of Blood‘s moves, this is very much General Radahn, and deadlier than ever. Here’s how to bring down these two undead demigod brothers, and be warned, this is one of the hardest fights in any Souls game. Promised Consort Radahn location Promised Consort Radahn can be found at the very end of the Enir-Ilim Legacy Dungeon at the top of the tower. You’ll know you’re there as you’ll be able to see the Gate of Divinity at the top of the stairs. You may recognize this from the story trailer and if you’ve been following the plot, you’ll know that this is Miquella’s destination. Enter the arena to trigger the cutscene that reveals Radahn, and then the battle begins. How to beat Promised Consort Radahn Once you get to the top of the tower in Enir-Ilim and can see the Eternity Gate, prepare yourself and enter the arena. Like many Elden Ring bosses, Radahn has two phases and will be joined by Miquella halfway through the battle, making it even harder. While Radahn comes at you with his ferocity, huge swords, and gravitational magic, Miquella will cast Holy incantations against you. Radahn can also use Bloodflame attacks now, inheriting these abilities from Mohg. Phase 1 When the fight begins, Radahn will either stalk toward you slowly or immediately launch himself at you as a gravity comet. If he starts walking, you’ll have a few precious seconds to summon your Spirit Ash, but if he blasts towards you, dodge this attack, get to a safe distance, and then call your Spirit Summons. That’s if you choose to use them. Radahn’s main attacks will be striking wildly with his swords and each blow can do major damage, the good news is that you can block and dodge these, then use the time it takes him to recover to land a few hits on him. However, it’s essential that you don’t get greedy and prepare for his next attack before it’s too late. This is Radahn’s only real gap in his defense when it comes to opportunities to strike him. So hit hard, hit fast, and prepare for his next volley. Those using strength builds should hit him with their heaviest attack as Radahn can be staggered more easily than his hulking frame would have you believe. Magic users and dexterity builds will find this more difficult to pull off, but it’s still advised to hit him with your most powerful moves, rather than going for a fast combo. Radahn is weak against bleed, Scarlet Rot, and piercing attacks, so we found the Antspur rapier (upgraded to bleed) to be a powerful weapon against him, as he was weak against its attacks and the two status aliments it can inflict on him. If you get too far away from him, Radahn can use a gravity spell to pull you towards him. This doesn’t do much damage, but it places you at his mercy and is hard to dodge. The best way to mitigate this risk is to try and stay behind him as much as possible. He’ll also strike you with Bloodflame magic which causes hemorrhage build-up. Luckily, he doesn’t use this attack often enough for bleed to be a real risk, but the initial damage it does is. You’re wiser to protect yourself against physical and Holy damage when facing Radahn. Phase 2: Radahn & Miquella After you get Radahn’s health to 60%, Miquella will join the fight and things will become much harder. On top of Radahn’s relentless assault, you’ll now need to deal with Miquella’s powerful Incantations that do massive Holy AOE damage and never let up throughout this phase. When phase 2 begins, Miquella will lay down a barrage of Holy attacks that reign down from the sky. Our advice is to keep running until you’re out of the splash zone, then rush back to Radahn and strike him with some powerful attacks, sparingly though. Now, Radahn, using Miquella’s power, will be able to blast across the map from one side to the other. Dodge Miquella’s attacks as best you can, get close to Radahn, and get some more hits in. There are various Talismans that protect against Holy damage and adding one of these to your build may save your life in this fight. You can repeat much of the same strategy as before, just now be aware that Miquella can destroy you from a distance. This makes it even more essential to try and stay behind Radahn and strike at his openings. While both enemies strike fast and seemingly without end, they do open themselves up for counterattack quite frequently. Miquella will use an attack when he grabs you and charms you, and then a circlet of light will appear over your head. If this happens twice, the battle will end, and your character will submit to Miquella’s mind control. The message “Heart Stolen” will appear instead of you died. So if this circlet appears, try to stay behind Radahn even more but roll away when he faces you, as one more of these attacks is essentially an instant kill. It’s better to get away from him and make the fight last longer than to risk this danger. If you’re using a summon during this battle, they can be grabbed also. You can’t hurt Radahn during this phase, but the lengthy animation means you can safely use a healing item or spell with a short casting time. This phase is possibly one of the most difficult phases of a boss fight in Elden Ring, any previous Souls game, or any other Soulslike. So don’t beat yourself up if you’re struggling. This really is the pinnacle of difficult boss battles. Use every advantage the game gives you. There are NPC allies, co-op partners, Spirit Summons, and even consider respecing your character to a different build if need be. We’d also recommend not ignoring the Scadutree Fragments and Revered Spirit Ash blessings to boost you and your Spirit Summon’s stats. These have been added to the game for a reason, and if you’re not at least Scadutree level 10, then you honestly have no business challenging this boss. In truth, we’d recommend being as high a Scadutree level as possible, with 20 being the maximum. This makes the battle much more manageable. If you’re of the view that legitimate tools given to you by the game somehow diminish your achievements, then to overcome this boss you’re not just going to need to “git gud”, you’re going to need to get exceptional. Of course, like any Souls boss, Radahn and Miquella can be overcome through practice, learning their moves, and sheer tenacity, even if you’re under-leveled, (for example, check out how Kai Cenat managed to do it), but this is going to be a long road. NPC allies If you’ve been following their questlines so that both characters helped you in the battle against The Followers of Miquella, you can summon Thiollier and Ansbach to aid you in this fight. Their summon signs are located outside the boss gate and even though neither NPC will do much damage to Radahn, they’ll serve as useful distractions. Just don’t forget that Radahn receives a health and power buff for each NPC you summon, so it may be worth only bringing one ally. Both characters have their own reasons for wanting to stop Miquella and Radahn, and once the battle is over don’t forget to search the edges of the arena. You’ll notice that both Thiollier and Ansbach were killed during the battle (even if you didn’t summon them). So, take a minute to acknowledge your fallen allies – then loot their corpses for their armor and weapons. Promised Consort Radahn rewards Messmer drops the following after he’s been slain: 500,000 Runes – Remembrance of a God and a Lord – Miquella’s Circlet – The Remembrance can be traded with Enia (even if she’s dead now) at the Roundtable Hold for either the Greatsword of Radahn (Lord), Greatsword of Radahn (Light), or Light of Miquella Incantation. You’ll also be able to buy Radahn’s Young Lion set from Enia and unlock Ansbach and Thiollier’s gear, should they have come to Enir-Ilim with you. Promised Consort Radahn weaknesses This new version of Radahn is weak against the following attacks and status ailments: Hemorrhage – Scarlet Rot – Pierce – Once Miquella joins the fray, the pair will be strong against Holy damage, so try to avoid attacks that inflict this. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands.

How to beat Morgott the Omen King in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FROMSOFTWAREMorgott the Omen King is the main Boss you’ll have to face in Elden Ring’s Royal Capital Leyndell. He’s Mohg’s twin brother and self-proclaimed king of The Lands Between, and curiously, you’ve already come across him before. Here’s everything you need to take this foe down. The Morgott encounter in Elden Ring takes place shortly after the battle with the golden Godfrey as you make your way towards the foot of the Erd Tree – and the throne King Morgott presently sits on. Spoiler alert, but as you’re likely to have already figured out, Morgott the Omen King is the true identity of Margit the Fell Omen. A boss you may have already faced twice before in the game. Morgott is the current king of the Lands Between, having beaten all his other demigod siblings to take the throne. He’s also a character you’ll already be familiar with as you will have faced Margit when you entered Stormveil Castle, but there’s also a second encounter on the battlefield of the Altus Plateau. In his Margit persona, Morgott was attempting to kill challengers to his throne before they reached his cowardly family member and fellow shardbearer, Godrick. But now, the king needs to deal with you personally. This time, however, Morgott isn’t playing around, as the Tarnished has become a real threat to his rule, so now, he wants you out of the way. Here’s how to get to Morgott the Omen King in Elden Ring – and how to end his reign. Contents How to defeat Morgott the Omen King in Elden Ring – Where to find Morgott the Omen King in Elden Ring – Morgott the Omen King stats – Useful tips to defeat Morgott the Omen King – All Morgott the Omen King attacks – Morgott the Omen King drops – How to defeat Morgott the Omen King in Elden Ring Phase 1 Once you find Morgott the Omen King and the cutscene finishes, he will attack you with his new sword. The fight is similar to the Margit battles, but Morgott has lots of new moves on display. His sword is deadly and has some new attack combos, but luckily, they follow similar patterns to before. So, dodge his attacks and punish him when he recovers. Phase 2 The battle will progress to a second phase once Morgott reaches half health. He’ll now start summoning trees that fill the arena with lightning, but this is relatively easy to dodge. However, it makes it harder to get in close and finish him off. Ranged players will need to avoid these new attacks and him but try to stay close enough to blast him with magic or arrows. Melee players can take advantage of his summoning animations to get in close and hit him hard. If you have trouble beating Morgott the Omen King, then summon Melina and your Spirits to help draw his attention to the battlefield. Melina can hold her own against Morgott and some ranged support from a spirit summon will make the three of you a good team. Remember the Margit’s Shackle item can also be used again here to make your life easier. You may also like to know how to take down Morgott’s twin brother, Mohg the Lord of Blood. Where to find Morgott The Omen King in Elden Ring Finding Morgott is easy, as he’s near to where you fought Godfrey, the first Elden Lord, in the Royal Capital, Leyndell, before reaching the Erdtree. Once you’ve defeated Godfrey, just exit his arena and turn left. You’ll see some stairs and the path will be littered with the corpses of Palm Readers, a fell omen of the battle to come. You’ll arrive at Marika’s bed-chamber, but the Goddess is nowhere to be found. Instead, a Black Knife Assassin will attack you. This is your only threat in between the two bosses and the assassin is devilishly fast, so don’t underestimate them. Once you’ve dealt with the assassin, continue towards the Erd Tree and the fog gate where Morgott can be found waiting for you. Morgott the Omen King stats This tough Boss is a really hard enemy to take down due to the following stats: Health: 10399 HP – Defense: 114 – Stance: 80 – Parryable: Yes. Three parries per stance. – Immunities: Madness – Deals: Holy, Fire, Slash, and Pierce damage – Inflicts: Hemorrhage – Morgott the Omen King weaknesses Despite how difficult it is to defeat Morgott the Omen King in Elden Ring, players can still target some of his key weaknesses to make the fight less of a nightmare. Morgott happens to be vulnerable to Slash damage and Lightning, so you can deal a good amount of damage with curved Daggers, Katanas, Claws, and Reapers, as well as Ballistas, Bows, and Bolts once they’ve been upgraded with Lightning powers. Because he’s also weak to Bleed, many of the weapons mentioned before -like Katanas and Daggers- will work equally to deal this Status Effect. Meanwhile, players can resort to Spells and Incantations for Frostbite damage. Useful tips to defeat Morgott the Omen King NPC summons Before you enter the fog, look on the ground to see a summon sign for Melina — the lady who’s been guiding your quest. Melina can join you as an NPC in this fight and can make for a valuable ally as she wields the Blade of Calling and uses strong Erdtree Incantations. If you’ve been following his quest, you can also summon Dung Eater to help you take down Morgott. To do so you’ll need to have completed a few steps: Meet Dung Eater’s Red Phantom at the Roundtable Hold and exhaust his dialogue. – Retrieve a Seedbed Curse and show it to him (one can be found within the Capital City ramparts). – Release Dung Eater from his cell in the Subterranean Shunning Grounds. – Summon them if you fancy some backup, or don’t if you want to face Morgott alone, you can also use your Spirit Summons in this battle alongside Melina and Dung Eater for extra support. Spirit Ashes The best Spirit Ash you can use for this battle is the Lone Wolf which summons three lone wolf spirits that can help you distract and stagger the enemy while you deal damage from afar. They have a good amount of health and can move quickly enough to avoid being hit, so they last longer in combat. It costs 55 FP and can be obtained from Renna at the Church of Elleh in Limgrave. Items Because Morgott is in reality Margit, the enemy you’ve faced before twice, you can use Margit’s Shackle to help you take him down. If you don’t already own this item, you can purchase it from a merchant halfway up the river north of Agheel Lake. However, you can only access it if you’ve completed the encounter in Murkwater Cave. Once you have obtained Margit’s Shackle, equip it to your quick item menu and use it to entrap Margit in a pool of golden energy. It can be used twice per battle to give you a few precious seconds to whittle down his health bar, but beware as it can only be activated during the encounter’s first phase. Additionally, you can take advantage of Morgott not having any Fire or Lightning damage negation to imbue your weapons with both of them by using an Ash of War and then Flame-Shrouding Cracked Tear or Lightning-Shrouding Cracked Tear. Magic Some of the best Spells you can use to help you during your encounter with Morgott include Frenzied Burst, Night Comet, and Lightning Spear. The Frenzied Burst Incantation blasts a yellow flame of frenzy that can easily penetrate the enemy’s guard. It costs 24 FP and only requires 22 Faith. It is dropped by a Teardrop Scarab in the Liurnia Lake, near some frenzied rats. The Night Comet Sorcery fires a semi-invisible magic comet towards the enemy that deals a good amount of damage. It costs 21 FP and requires 38 Intelligence. Players can find it inside a chest in the middle of Sellia Town of Sorcery. The Lightning Spear Incantation creates and throws a powerful lightning projectile forward. It costs 18 FP and requires 17 Faith. It can be purchased from Brother Corhyn or Miriel if you’ve successfully retrieved the Dragon Cult Prayerbook for him. You can also try the Catch Flame Incantation as well as the Carian Slicer and Glinstone Icecrag Sorceries. All Morgott the Omen King attacks When fighting this Boss, you must beware of all of these attacks: Holy Swords Rain – Tail Sweep – Cursed Explosion – Holy Spear Throw – Flying Sword Spear Stab – Flying Hammer Slam – Holy Spear Charge – Spear Poke – Holy Daggers – Holy Sword and Sword Slam – Spinning Slashes – Gliding Slide – Cartwheel – Sword Hammer Horizontal Swing – Horizontal Sword Slash – Overhead Hammer Slam – Sword and Hammer Spin – Cursed-Blood Slice (Slam and Chase) – Cursed-Blood Thrust – Rapid Armament Change – Morgott the Omen King drops If you victoriously stand against Morgott, you’ll be rewarded with the outstanding amount of 120,000 runes, as well as the Talisman Pouch, Morgott’s Great Rune, and the Remembrance of the Omen King. While the Talisman Pouch can increase the number of Talismans you can equip yourself with and Morgott’s Great Rune raises your max HP, the real treat is the Remembrance of the Omen King. This item is a consumable item that has plenty of effects and can be sold for another 30,000 runes. However, if you hand it to Enia at the Roundtable Hold, you can unlock its full power and get Morgott’s Cursed Sword or the Regal Omen Bairn. For more Elden Ring content, check some of the guides below: How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | Elden Ring Starscourge Radahn | Elden Ring Gold Scarab Talisman | Elden Ring health debuff | Elden Ring Icon Shield

How to beat Mohg Lord of Blood in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FromSoftwareElden Ring features several optional bosses scattered throughout The Lands Between, including Mohg, Lord of Blood who can be difficult to beat. Here’s how to get to Mohg in Siofra River and strategically exploit its weaknesses to attain victory. Prepare yourself for an even greater challenge in Elden Ring as you encounter Mohg, the Lord of Blood, Morgott‘s formidable twin. As a demigod boss and Shardbearer, defeating Mohg is crucial on your journey to becoming the Elden Lord. The issue with Mohg is that he’s a secret — and very troublesome boss. Not only has he hidden away in an underground temple, but you’ll also need to have acquired certain items to come away from the fight victorious. Here’s where to find Mohg in the game, how to locate the items you’ll need, and how to take him down. If you’re still completing side quests in Elden Ring before tackling the DLC, then this is the perfect one to do first. Contents How to beat Mohg, Lord of Blood in Elden Ring – Where to find Mohg, Lord of Blood in Elden Ring – Mohg, Lord of Blood stats – Useful tips to beat Mohg, Lord of Blood – All Mohg, Lord of Blood attacks – Mohg, Lord of Blood drops – Additional Mohg, Lord of Blood battle – How to beat Mohg, Lord of Blood in Elden Ring As most boss battles in Elden Ring, the encounter with Mohg, Lord of the Blood is divided into two different phases, with the second one triggering around when you’ve taken 50% of his health. Phase 1 When the boss fight begins, Mohg will still be up on the altar by Miquella’s egg. He’ll then slowly walk towards you, giving you time to either pepper him with spells or use Mohg’s Shackle. You can then rush him and do some damage – but you’ll need to be quick, as the shackle will only work twice. Mohg will swing at you with his trident and jump around the arena at random. His combos are slow and telegraphed, so you should be able to see when he’s winding up. He’ll also step back after each, giving you an opening to attack him. Just don’t get greedy. The boss will also use Bloodflame attacks, so be sure to buff yourself against both fire and bleed before heading into this fight. Ironically, the Lord of Blood is also weak against bleeding damage, so ensure to prioritize this against him. Before entering the boss arena, you’ll likely be invaded by some easy-to-kill Bloody Finger Surgeon NPCs, which can be farmed for their White Hood (equipping this will boost your bleed damage, turning Mohg’s own gifts against him). Once you deplete a portion of his health, Mohg will start casting his countdown move. If you’ve activated the Purifying Crystal Tear, this will have no effect on you. Even better, you can rush Mohg and do major damage while he casts it, before moving into the second phase. Phase 2 When Mohg hits around 50% health, he will sprout wings and enter his second phase. He’ll no longer use his countdown attack, but while he’s far deadlier and faster in this phase, he will still take a while to recover from his attacks. Luckily, you’ll still have your potions from using the Purifying Crystal Tear, and you’ll have done major damage to him by using the shackle and taking advantage of his spell animation. During this phase, he’ll spray bloodflame all over the arena – and this hurts, so you’ll need to avoid this as well as his sweeping attacks. Always keep an eye on your bleed meter and back away from him if it gets too high, as even with the tear active, Mohg can still bleed you. Keep this in mind and stay mobile until this demigod falls. Once he does, you’ll receive his, and Miquella’s Elden Ring shards (though Miquella will stay in his egg on the altar). How to get to Mohg, Lord of Blood in Elden Ring Mohg can be found within the Mohgwyn Palace, a secret level within the underground Siofra River. This location can be accessed by going through a portal in the west of the Consecrated Snowfield. There is another way to access his lair much earlier in the game. This can be done by completing White Faced Varre’s questline which you can tackle way before you reach the Consecrated Snowfield. However, we’d recommend saving the Mohg boss fight until you’ve killed a few other Demigods, as the Lord of Blood is a tough customer. Consider beating Renalla, Radahn, Morgott, and Rykard before you enter Mohg’s lair, as by this time you should be ready for him. Varre’s quest Mohgwyn Palace can also be accessed early by interacting with Varre. This NPC will greet you at the very start of Elden Ring, right before the Tree Sentinel boss. Once you’ve beaten Godrick, he’ll move to the Rose Church in Liurnia of the Lakes. When you meet him here, he’ll give you 3 Festering Fingers and encourage you to take part in 3 invasions of other players. It doesn’t matter if you win or lose, once you’ve done them, he’ll then set you an even creepier task. He’ll give you a cloth and ask you to dip it in the blood of a Finger Maiden. This can be found at both the Church of Inhibition in North Liurnia and the Chapel of Anticipation. You can access the former by riding north and following the path around past the Frenzied Village. – To get back to the Church of Anticipation, go to the Four Belfries in West Liurnia and use the Imbued Stone Key on the second gargoyle to open the portal. – This will take you back to the start of the game. So, if the Grafted Scion is still alive, get ready for a rematch. – When you return to Varre with this item, he’ll give you the Pureblood Knights Medal. This can be used to warp to Mohg’s lair at any time you like. Varre will tell you not to use it yet and to wait for Mohg’s summons, but this will never come, as Mohg’s cause is doomed. Therefore, use it whenever you feel ready and ignore Varre’s advice. In short, the summons will never come. You can also find a red summon sign at the bottom of the stairs at Mohgwyn Palace. This lets you invade and kill Varre, tying up loose ends but betraying the faction. Mohg, Lord of Blood stats This disgusting creature has the following stats: Health: 18389 HP – Defense: 122 – Stance: 110 – Parryable: No – Immunities: Madness – Deals: Fire, Pierce, and Standard physical damage – Inflicts: Hemorrhage – Mohg, Lord of Blood weaknesses Unlike his brother, this demigod fully embraced his accursed Omen blood and specialized in blood magic, but ironically, he’s weak to Hemorrhage, so try to use Incantations like Bloodboon or weapons like Katanas, Claws, or Daggers to generate this status effect. Luckily for players, he’s also vulnerable to standard, slash, strike, and pierce damage, so almost every weapon will help you break his stance to deal a critical hit. Useful tips to beat Mohg, Lord of Blood NPC summons Players should take advantage of the summoning option to get aid from an NPC that either tanks or inflicts bleed, such as the Dung Eater, to beat Mohg in Elden Ring, which can be summoned using Dung Eater Puppet Ashes. This creature can be found at the Roundtable Hold in the locked room past the twin maidens or near the lake northeast of Leyndell Royal Capital as an invader. During combat, it wields the Sword of Milos, a very strong and useful Greatsword that has the ability to restore FP. Spirit Ashes One of the best Spirit Ashes players can rely on during their encounter with Mohg is Mimic Tear, which summons mimic tear spirit, and consumes 660HP instead of FP. It can be found in a chest locked behind an imp statue in Night’s Sacred Ground. Items While you can challenge and defeat Mohg without any of the below items, acquiring each will make the fight easier. The first item you’ll need is Mohg’s Shackle. Like Margit’s Shackle, this item was used to imprison the two omen demigod twins and it still works now. Mohg’s shackle can be found in the Subterranean Shunning Grounds under the Capital Lyndell. – You’ll find it on the floor right before the Lyndell Catacombs grace at the bottom of the pipe area. A good time to retrieve it is when you rescue Dung Eater from his cell. – This can be used twice during Mohg’s first stage to hold him in place for a few seconds. This lets you buff yourself, cast some status effect on him, or get in a few free hits. The other very useful item is the Purifying Crystal Tear, which makes you immune to Mohg’s countdown attack, something that changes the fight entirely, putting you both on even ground. Mohg’s deadly countdown attack leads to every player losing a ton of health three times. This results in several potions needing to be used frantically, leaving you vulnerable to being killed in one hit. This attack cannot be avoided and also heals Mohg, making it even more frustrating and overpowered. To find this item, follow Bloody Finger Hunter Yura’s questline to its conclusion and take down Eleonora, Violet Bloody Finger. Yura is the samurai you meet at the start of the game who warns you about the dragon Agheel. Eleonora can be found at the Second Church of Marika in the Altus Plateau. To trigger the fight, talk to Yura and help him take her down. She’ll drop the Purifying Crystal Tear, which can be mixed into your Flask of Wondrous Physic to stop Mohg’s countdown attack. – Magic During the encounter with Mohg, most spells will come in handy to beat Mohg in Elden Ring due to how slow he moves, however, Glintstone Cometshard is the one we’d recommend. This Sorcery fires a magic comet that leaves a glowing trail. It costs 28 stamina and 17 FP and can be chain chasted, which is very useful while you wait for Mohg’s move. It can be purchased for 12000 runes after you’ve delivered the Conspectus Scroll to Miriel Pastor of Vows or Preceptor Seluvis. All Mohg, Lord of Blood attacks These are the attacks players need to be aware of while fighting this Boss: Bloodflame Talons – Bloodboon – Spear Swings – Thrust – Ritual Countdown – Bloodboon Ritual – Airborne Assault – Blood Tax – Spear Slam + Explosion – Upwards Swing and Slam – Mohg, Lord of Blood drops Once beaten in Elden Ring Mohg, Lord of Blood will drop the heavy amount of 420,000 runes, plus Mohg’s Great Rune and the Remembrance of the Blood Lord, which is similar to Godrick the Grafted‘s dropped item. Remembrance of the Blood Lord is a consumable that grants various effects. It can either be sold for 30,000 runes or given to Enia at the Roundtable Hold to unlock its power. If given to Enia, the player will get the Bloodboon Incantation or Mohgwyn’s Sacred Spear. Additional Mohg, Lord of Blood battle You can also fight another Mohg boss in the Subterranean Shunning Grounds before or after the main fight in the Mogwyn Palace. Simply called Mohg the Omen, this boss uses the same move set from Phase 1 mentioned above, except for the deadly countdown attack. Due to the absence of this move, we’d recommend doing this boss fight before the main Mohg battle, treating it as a warm-up. You can also summon Dung Eater to aid you, and while the psychotic Tarnished Champion hasn’t been your biggest fan up to this point, he makes for a powerful ally against Mohg. This version of Mohg is believed to be an aspect of the Lord of Blood, leftover from the time he and Morgott/Margit were imprisoned by their parents, Marika and Godfrey. This explains why you can fight him even after the real Mohg has been killed. Killing this version of Mohg is also essential in unlocking the Frenzied Flame ending. For more Elden Ring content, check some of our guides below: Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | How to beat Radahn | How to Beat Godfrey

How to beat Messmer the Impaler in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftwareAfter invading the Shadow Lands in search of Miquella, you’ll eventually come face to face with its despotic ruler. You’re in for a tough battle against Messmer the Impaler, but we’ll explain exactly how you can take him down below. The Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree trailers built up Messmer the Impaler as a ruthless tyrant and the main antagonist of the DLC, so it’s surprising that you’re up against someone so pivotal so soon. Nevertheless, the firey demigod now stands between you and your objective and someone must extinguish his malevolent flame – here’s how. Messmer the Impaler’s location Messmer is the boss of the expansion’s third Legacy Dungeon and awaits you on the top floor of the Shadow Keep’s Specimen Storehouse in his Dark Chamber. There’s a Site of Grace outside his arena called the Dark Chamber Entrance. Once you’ve rested at the Grace, enter Messmer’s Dark Chamber for your showdown with the ruler of the Shadow Lands. How to beat Messmer the Impaler Before the battle begins, we’d advise equipping some items to protect you against fire damage such as the Flamedrake Talisman. Messmer uses a lot of fire attacks so this could prove invaluable in the battle to come. We found Messmer to be considerably harder than any bosses that had come before in Shadow of the Erdtree, so before facing him make sure you’ve tracked down some Scadutree Fragments & Revered Spirit Ash to increase your stats. If you’re struggling to get Messmer’s health past 50%, then this is a clear sign you may need boost your stats by finding more of these items out in the wilds. Phase 1 After some scintillating and revealing dialogue, the fight will begin. Messmer will live up to his name “The Impaler” by striking at you with his long spear. After this, Messmer will conjure a ball of flame and launch it at you from mid-air. This will home in on you but is easy to dodge, the real danger comes from the AOE flame that bursts all over the floor once the ball lands. Roll out of the splash zone and if you’re close to Messmer, strike him while he recovers from his drop animation. If that isn’t possible, then get yourself into a position to attack or prepare for his next move. If you’re going to use a summon (like the mimic), use it as soon as you enter the gate, then dodge roll his first attack as soon as he lands. Once you’ve evaded the flame burst AoE, you’re free to heal (if you used mimic) or get some attacks in. His next attack will likely be a lightning-fast series of strikes that he may or may not fuse with fire damage. These can be blocked or you can roll sideways, but then roll forward to flank him and attack his exposed side. Just don’t get greedy with your attacks, once he recovers he’ll likely jab at you again. Messmer’s most deadly attack is his grab animation which can result in instant death. This is when he fills his hand with flame and runs at you. Don’t panic roll, but keep your head and get well out of the way. You may even be able to counter him when he grasps at thin air and fails to connect his attack. Your spirit summons or NPC allies are more likely to fall victim to this move and it could one-shot them, so be aware. What we found to be more frustrating though, is when Messmer is in the middle of this animation, he’s completely invincible. So rather than slashing at him uselessly, forget about the well-being of your AI comrade and instead take the time to heal or buff yourself. Another of his most deadly moves is when he throws some red dust into the air before igniting it into a wall of flame. This will hurt if it connects, but the real danger comes from his jabbing combo that he’ll do from the cover of this firey wall. Try to run or roll behind him, to avoid this and then to counter. If you time it right, you’ll appear behind him as his jabs and it’ll take him a while to recover from this animation, meaning you’ll have a nice opportunity to hit him with a few strikes before retreating to a safe distance. He may sometimes do another variant of this attack where he ignites the dust and leaps into the air. If he does this run to the other side of the arena, let the attack play out then run back and try to get a hit on him. Do not get caught in the blast when he lands, players who have less than 40 Vigor could be instantly killed by it. For those who are skilled in the art of parry and riposte, Messmer is especially vulnerable to this in his first phase, and landing a successful riposte attack can stagger him, allowing you to inflict massive damage. Phase 2: Base Serpent Messmer After a rather gross cutscene, Messmer will transform into his true self; Base Serpent Messmer, and the second phase of the battle will begin. Messmer is angry now, having underestimated a lowly Tarnished before, he’ll now become much more aggressive and determined to end the threat you pose. He’ll keep many of his attacks from Phase 1, but will move quicker and chain together his attacks at blistering speeds. Continue with the strategy outlined above, but prepare for things to be more frantic. As you’d expect, Messmer’s moves also do more damage now and his AOE attacks cover more ground and even cause fire to spread faster. However, Messmer now has a new party trick, a massive snake that rises up and shoots a ball of fire at you from a distance – which also covers the ground in AOE damage when it lands. We found rolling towards it effective, as the attack usually went over our heads if timed right, and we could then run to avoid the fire spreading behind us and land a few hits on Messmer. When the boss summons dark clouds around him he’s telegraphing another snake move that lunges forward. We found we could block this, or just rolled to the side. Be warned this thing is fast. He can also use this smoke attack to teleport, disappearing then striking from below. If you notice him vanish in a blast of black smoke, just run forwards then spin around and attack once his attack fails to land. He’s vulnerable during this animation and we were able to pepper him with bleed attacks that caused him massive damage once our Mimic Tear joined in on the action. Eventually, he’ll summon a large swarm of snakes and it will feel like they’re everywhere. Panic dodging here can be deadly. Instead, it’s wiser to find a safe spot and stay still until the attack ends. Then, strike at Messmer before he pivots to the next attack. The good news is that Messmer is a bigger target in his second form and therefore easier to strike. While Messmer hits hard, he hasn’t got much health when compared to other bosses, which makes the fight much shorter and more survivable than it could have been. NPC allies Hornsent can be summoned for this battle. However, his summon sign can be found in the middle of the arena during the fight, rather than outside of the boss gate. Messmer the Impaler rewards Messmer drops the following after he’s been slain: 400,000 Runes – Remembrance of the Impaler – The Remembrance can be traded with Enia (even if she’s dead now) at the Roundtable Hold for either the Spear of the Impaler or Messmer’s Orb, his powerful fire spell. Messmer the Impaler’s weaknesses Messmer the Impaler is weak against the following elements and status ailments: Hemorrhage – Frostbite – As you might expect, Messmer is resistant to fire, so try and avoid using this against him. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands.

How to beat Margit the Fell Omen in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FROMSOFTWAREMargit the Fell Omen is one of the first bosses players will face in Elden Ring, and even though it’s optional, it’s a great opportunity to practice those parries. Here’s everything you need to know to take this colossal giant down. Elden Ring is home to many difficult bosses and while Margit the Fell Omen may be one of the first, he is still capable of killing even the most skilled of players if they’re not careful. This mighty man wields a gigantic wooden staff and can summon a lightning sword and hammer, which can quickly decimate those that dare to stand in the way. Tarnished wishing to gain entry to Stormveil Castle and progress through the game’s story, will need to defeat Margit. However, doing so can prove particularly tricky if you don’t know the best strategies for beating him. Fortunately, our Margit boss guide has a few tips and tricks you can use to eliminate the Fell Omen for good. Contents How to beat Margit the Fell Omen in Elden Ring – Where to find Margit the Fell Omen in Elden Ring – Margit the Fell Omen stats – Useful tips to defeat Margit the Fell Omen – All Margit the Fell Omen attacks – Margit the Fell Omen drops – Additional encounter with Margit the Fell Omen – How to beat Margit the Fell Omen in Elden Ring In order to beat Margit in Elden Ring, you’ll first want to ensure you lure him away from the sides of the arena and into the center of the causeway. This will greatly reduce the chances of him hitting you off the arena, while also giving you plenty of room to dodge his 360-degree swings and wide-reaching attacks. Instead of rushing up to Margit and going in for some close-quarter hits, simply keep your distance and wait for him to use one of his slower attacks. For example, his overhead staff slam is extremely exploitable and well-telegraphed. Patiently wait for Margit to finish charging and as soon as he slams the staff into the ground, run in for some quick hits, then retreat a safe distance away. Despite his hulking size, Margit is fairly agile and will often leap backward to avoid attacks. This can prove particularly frustrating to any players who wield Elden Ring’s slower weapons. However, you can counter Margit’s mobility by bringing Bone Darts and Throwing Daggers to the fight. Whenever the giant leaps backward, throw your projectiles to force him back into close-quarter scenarios. Not only will this enable you to maintain your attack, but it also prevents him from recovering any Super Armor. During his second phase, Margit will summon a colossal hammer, which he will leap into the air with and slam into the ground. Once he jumps into the air, we recommend sprinting to the other end of the causeway to avoid the attack. Upon landing, Margit will be immobile for a couple of seconds, so weave in some hits before backing away. Summoning any Spirit Ash companions during this phase will also distract him, giving you more opportunities to quickly chunk through his remaining health bar. Where to find Margit the Fell Omen in Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen’s location is incredibly easy to spot in Elden Ring. The boss battle with Margit occurs on the narrow causeway leading to the gate of Stormveil Castle. You’ll need to defeat this colossal giant if you wish to proceed to the next location and continue your adventure. From Stormhill Shack go north and then turn left at the fork and up the hill. Past the Godrick Soldiers you’ll reach the Castleward Tunnel Site of Grace, which is right in front of Margit’s door. Margit the Fell Omen stats This horrible and mean Boss has the following stats: Health: 4174 HP – Defense: 103 – Stance: 80 – Parryable: Yes. Two parries per stance. – Immunities: Sleep and madness – Deals: Holy, Standard, Strike and Pierce damage – Margit the Fell Omen weaknesses Like most Bosses in Elden Ring, Margit the Fell Omen is vulnerable to Critical Hits once its stand is broken, so take with you weapons that can deal heavy damage on him. Additionally, even though he is not specifically weak to Hemorrhage, you can bleed Margit with weapons that have Pierce damage, such as Katanas or Daggers, and then remove big chunks of its HP. Useful tips to defeat Margit the Fell Omen NPC summons Of course, if you wish to call upon some jolly cooperation, then you can use Sorcerer Rogier’s Summon Sign. This friendly mage can be summoned directly outside of Margit’s arena, so be sure to interact with this before entering the boss fight. Sorcerer Rogier is a friendly mage who will utilize his magical skills to bombard the giant with ranged spells, giving you even more DPS. Rogier will also serve as a great distraction, enabling you to heal with your Flask of Crimson Tears when Margit turns his attention away from you. Spirit Ashes There are a few Spirit Ashes that can help players during their encounter with Margit the Fell Omen. The Lone Wolf Spirit Ashes summons three lone worlf spirits that can help you distract the enemy while you deal damage from afar. They have decent HP and more quickly enough to avoid being hit, so they last longer in combat. It costs 55 FP and can be obtained from Renna at the Church of Elleh in Limgrave. The Spirit Jellyfish summons a giant stationary jellyfish that deals damage from a distance, and even though it can take a lot of damage, it tends to move too slowly. It costs 31 FP and can be obtained from Rodericka at the Stormhill Shack in Limgrave. The Godrick Soldiers summons two Godrick soldier spirits that fight next to you. Because there are two of them, they last longer in battle and can work as a distraction just like the Lone Worlf Ashes. It takes 54 FP and can be found next to a grave at the Cemetery on the west side of Stormhill. Items For those who are still struggling to take down Margit, there is an item that can be purchased that makes the first phase of the fight incredibly easy. After completing the encounter in Murkwater Cave, players will be able to purchase Margit’s Shackle. This merchant is located halfway up the river north of Agheel Lake. Once you have obtained Margit’s Shackle, equip it to your quick item menu and use it to entrap Margit in a pool of golden energy. Margit’s Shackle can be used twice per battle in the first phase of the fight, giving you a few precious seconds to whittle down his healthbar. Magic By the time you encounter Margit the Fell Omen, you still won’t have your magic fully developed, and probably you only have a couple of spells under your belt. You can use the Glintstone Stars, which is a Spell that fires three shooting stars after your enemy. This is a good Sorcery to cause damage at range, and only costs 12 FP and requires 12 Intelligence. Glintstone Stars can be purchased from Sorceress Sellen or Gowry for 3000 runes. All Margit the Fell Omen attacks When fighting this Boss, you must beware of these attacks: Staff Swing and Staff Stab – Windup Attack – Dagger Slash, Dagger Throw, and Dagger Retreat – Tail Swipe – Unguarded Slash – Leaping Stab – Phase Change – Hammer Slam, Hammer Strike, and Hammer Leap – Weapon Combo – Sword Swing and Sword Spin – Margit the Fell Omen drops Because this is en early-game encounter, the rewards are not as big as later on. For taking down Margit the Fell Omen at Stormhill, players will recieve 12,000 runes and the Talisman Pouch (NG only), which increases the number of Talismans you can equip at once. Additional encounter with Margit the Fell Omen To those of you who are here to beat Margit the first time, or those who have just beaten him at the entrance to Stormveil Castle, come back when you gain access to the Altus Plateau. Spoilers lurk ahead, so be warned ye Tarnished, and curb your flame of ambition until then. For those who have arrived at the Plateau, an old enemy awaits you ahead as a field boss on the battlefield as you make your way to the capital city. The second Margit encounter can be easily missed, but why wouldn’t you want some payback on this hulking creep? Here’s how to find him. As you follow the main path across the battlefield, make your way towards the gates of the capital city. You’ll soon see a lone noble sorcerer just standing aimlessly amongst the rubble. As you approach him though, Margit will materialize and taunt you, starting a second battle with him without much warning. You can simply run away if you like, this fight is entirely optional, but you didn’t purchase Elden Ring to run away from bosses, did you? This time, Margit has no health bar at the bottom of the screen like the first fight. Instead, he’ll just operate like an elite enemy rather than a traditional field boss. He’s been leveled a few times since your last battle, but so have you. The good news is he hasn’t learned any new tricks and will fight identically to how he did at Stormveil Castle. You, however, have likely learned a lot since your first meeting, so use all the tools in your arsenal against him. Remember though, you can’t use Spirit Summons in this location. Unlike the first Margit boss, this time you can fight him on horseback which makes the battle so much easier. Don’t underestimate him, but by using Torrent to circle around Margit you can attack him at your pace and easily escape his powerful moves. He’ll spawn his hammer again once he’s at half health, but keep moving and striking him when he’s vulnerable for a measure of well-earned revenge. Margit will teleport away once you beat him, and will wait for you at the heart of the capital city in another major boss fight. For more Elden Ring content, check our guides below: How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide

How to beat Malenia in Elden Ring From SoftwareMalenia is an optional boss in Elden Ring and beating her is a serious challenge. Here’s how to defeat Malenia in Elden Ring. While not a mandatory boss in Elden Ring, Malenia is an important one due to her status as a demigod and a shardholder. The daughter of gods Marika and Radagon, Malenia has never been bested in combat, unlike many of the game’s other boss characters, who are still recovering from past defeats. Malenia is also the source of the Scarlet Rot which has blighted The Lands Between and even consumed portions of it. Finding Malenia is a challenge in itself, but once you do, you’ve then got the difficult task of fighting her to the death. Be warned, Malenia is one of the hardest and most frustrating bosses in Elden Ring, and maybe in the entire Souls series. However, she’s not impossible and can be overcome with skill and patience. Contents Where to find Malenia Malenia can be found at the base of Elphael, Brace of the Haligtree. Her boss arena is located down the stairs from the Haligtree Roots Site of Grace. The area is just off the Consecrated Snowfield which can be accessed from the Lift of Rold once you’ve acquired both pieces of the Haligtree Secret Medallion. You’ll need to press left on the d-pad to select ‘Hoist secret Medallion’ once you arrive at the Lift of Rold. Remember, in order to obtain both Medallion pieces, you’ll need to have defeated Commander Niall at Castle Sol. Niall is a very tough boss, so if he gave you trouble, prepare for an even bigger challenge when you come face to face with Malenia. For an in-depth guide on finding Malenia and solving the Ordina, Liturgical Town puzzle, check out our Hand of Malenia Katana guide. Once you enter the Haligtree, work your way down, past the Loretta boss, and into the city of Elphael. This is also where you’ll find the conclusion to the Millicent quest too. Once you’ve made it across the roots and rooftops to the chapel, take the elevator down to face this incredibly tough boss. How to defeat the Malenia Elden Ring Like the Fire Giant and Starscourge Radahn, Malenia will test even seasoned Souls players. There’s a reason she’s never been beaten in combat, but all records are made to be broken. The first piece of advice when fighting Malenia is to not get greedy with your attacks. If you do she’ll punish you for it and put you on the back foot – or catch you in a combo that results in death. Keep an eye on your stamina and don’t get hit by her when it’s low. Take some time to back off and refill, then go back in for an attack. If you have any talismans that increase your stamina or its regen, then equip them. This will increase your maneuverability and allow you to escape her when you need to. Melee strategy Using a shield is a good way to block her attacks. While she does plenty of damage, her attacks are light and are therefore usually blockable. On the other hand, Malenia doesn’t have much poise, so she can be staggered and is vulnerable to two-handed strikes. Therefore, it may pay to not use the shield and learn to dodge her instead. Use whichever strategy you find easiest, but for us, we shouldered our shield and relied on dodging her moves. We found this method gave us more chance of staggering her and hitting critical attacks, which shortened the fight in our favor. In truth, dodging her is better than tanking her, especially in her second phase. Be aware though, Malenia’s strikes on you can heal her. So dodging her is the best way to avoid this, she can’t sap your health if she isn’t hitting you. Remember, she can also sap the health of other players and your Spirit Summons. The Mimic Tear is a great help during this fight, especially if you’re both sporting bleed weapons, but she can use it as a constant source of healing. So, be warned. Malenia’s weaknesses Malenia’s main weakness is Bleed damage, so Blood weapons (like Katanas) will hurt her more than most. If you’re a strength build though, infuse your weapon with bleed damage when you can. If need be, complete Dung Eater’s quest for his sword that inflicts bleed. If you’re a dexterity build, then River’s of Blood is the way forward. This can be found from defeating Okina in the Church of Repose in the Mountaintops of the Giant’s region. He will invade when you enter the church and is an aggressive NPC, but he can be taken down with some cautious play. Ranged and magic strategy If you’ve got to Malenia with your ranged / magic build then by now you’ll know the drill. Strike and avoid. The only thing is, Malenia is especially quick and can cover a lot of ground, which can bring an end to you in an instant. Therefore, take the above advice about stamina and make sure you can comfortably escape her and counterattack. Bait her if necessary, let her move in for the kill then run like the wind. Again, don’t get greedy with your attacks. If you do she’ll be upon you and you’ll lose another health flask. Don’t try to block if you’re a glass cannon, just dodge and take potshots where you can. If you can strike her with bleed damage then do, but don’t bother with Scarlet Rot in this fight. She’s patient zero after all. Speaking of Scarlet Rot, Malenia will almost certainly use it against you. This is like poison, but way more aggressive. Make sure you boost your immunity before this battle begins, and have some cures in your pouch ready to go. Malenia phase 2 After reducing her health to zero, Malenia will enter phase 2 with a brand new bar of health. She will be in full god mode now and will summon a big flower to splash Scarlet Rot onto you the second the fight begins. Our advice is to run backwards as quickly as you can as this can one-shot you if you’re not alert. Run back when the AOE damage has subsided, but be warned, she’ll do this attack again at some point. Most of her attacks and combos will be the same as phase 1, so if she jumps in the air or her weapon gleams, get ready to dodge. She telegraphs this move well, but that doesn’t stop it from being deadly if it connects. She’ll now infuse more attacks with Scarlet Rot due to the flowers that appear around her. Repeat your strategy from phase 1, just be more mindful of this status effect and cure it when you need to. Back off and let the rot dissipate if that works for you. Do bear in mind that Malenia does more damage in this phase than the other, so you’ll need to be sharper than ever. Once she falls, pat yourself on the back. This might be one of the hardest bosses in any Souls game ever. If you’re finding it tough, don’t be afraid of summoning some help from other players, just remember this will buff her health. We’d also recommend entering the fight and just learning to avoid her attacks. You don’t need to beat her, just learn her patterns and when to dodge. This will help you when you do come to fight her properly. Don’t forget, once you’ve defeated her, Malenia’s katana – Hand of Malenia can be obtained at the Roundtable Hold. So, that’s how you defeat Malenia in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | How to beat Radahn | How to Beat Godfrey |

How to beat Jori Elder Inquisitor in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftware/DexertoElden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree pits a powerful spellcaster against the player, as Jori, Elder Inquisitor, will use their magic to tear you apart. Here’s how you can slay this warlock in their own lair. Most of the bosses in Elden Ring use a mixture of fast-paced, aggressive melee combat augmented with long-range spell attacks. Jori is the exception, as their main arsenal involves powerful spells that are fired rapidly at the player. Jori, Elder Inquisitor, is an optional boss in Shadow of the Erdtree. You can proceed through the game without facing them. However, slaying this sorcerer will give you many Runes, new weapons to wield in battle, and will unlock a new region for you to explore. Jori, Elder Inquisitor location Jori, Elder Inquisitor, is found in the Darklight Catacombs dungeon in Scadu Atlus. Jori is found in the final chamber. The only Site of Grace is near the entrance! If you die during the boss fight, you can respawn at the state outside, but if you want to travel to another area, then you’ll have to complete the Darklight Catacombs again for the rematch. How to beat Jori, Elder Inquisitor Jori, Elder Inquisitor, is one of the easier bosses in Shadow of the Erdtree. This is because they don’t jump around like Spider-Man at a House of Pain concert. Once you close the gap, you have a lot of opportunities to wail on this wizard and take them down. The problem is actually getting to them, as Jori can fire off numerous Incantations at the player. These spells use the Holy element, so equip any gear you have that’s strong against Holy. Check out our Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree armor guide for info on where to find all the new gear. Jori, Elder Inquisitor, can start spamming arc spells at you the second you enter the arena. However, there are nearby graves you can use for cover. If you want to use a summon, then immediately run behind one of the graves to do so, as it will shield you from the opening barrage. The next step is approaching the boss. Jori’s most common spells are holy arcs that fly in a straight line towards the player, and these are fairly easy to dodge. The trickier spells are the holy lights that come from below, as you’ll need to individually dodge roll through these, due to the graves not protecting you. Once you’ve survived the initial barrage and got a summon up, rush Jori down. While Jori does have some melee attacks, they pail in comparison to every other boss in the game. If you’ve survived Messmer the Impaler’s offense, then you’ll breeze through Jori. One move you need to look out for involves Jori summoning two Inquisitors who spew fire at you. Luckily, these are just illusions and not the real thing. Just slice the one that’s closest to you, and it will instantly vanish, allowing you to run through and avoid the second one’s attack. Jori doesn’t have a Phase 2. This means your entire strategy should involve rushing down and staying on them. If you keep up your offensive and dodge their laughably slow staff attacks, then this boss will go down quickly. NPC allies There are no NPC allies available for this battle. You can, however, use summons. Throwing up a Mimic Tear at the start of the fight will make things a lot easier. Jori, Elder Inquisitor rewards Defeating Jori, Elder Inquisitor rewards the player with the following items: 260,000 Runes – Barbed Staff-Spear – More importantly, defeating Jori, Elder Inquisitor, will give you access to the Abyssal Woods region of Shadow of the Erdtree. Jori, Elder Inquisitor weaknesses Jori, Elder Inquisitor, is susceptible to Frost and staggering. Thanks to his relative slowness, it’s easy to rack up status effects on him, so a fast weapon that can inflict bleed, poison, or scarlet rot can be highly effective, especially if you have a Mimic summon with the same gear. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands. If you’re struggling to find a specific foe, we’ve got every Shadow of the Erdtree boss’ location in one handy list.

How to beat Grave Warden in Elden Ring FromSoftwareThe Grave Warden is an optional boss in Elden Ring which players can choose to take down to acquire the Ash of War: Storm Blade. Here’s how you can beat him and avoid an early grave. Elden Ring is brimming with all kinds of bloodthirsty bosses. From the colossal hits of Margit the Fell Omen to the scorching hot flames of Flying Dragon Agheel, there are plenty of tough adversaries for Souls fans to take on. One of the game’s earlier bosses will see Tarnished duke it out with the Grave Warden – a loyal guard who protects the catacombs. While the Grave Warden may not be the hardest boss fight in Elden Ring, he does have a number of attacks that can send you reeling back to the nearest Site of Grace. Contents Grave Warden location in Elden Ring The Grave Warden is located in the Murkwater Catacombs, which is filled with enemy ambushes and arrow traps. It’s best to take it slowly and be on the lookout for pressure pads on the floor. Doing this will enable you to enter the boss arena without having to waste any of your Flask of Crimson Tears. How to beat Grave Warden in Elden Ring The Grave Warden wields two chained hammers, which he uses to pummel his foes into the ground. It’s best to keep close to the Grave Warden as this will enable you to bait out his close-quarter slams. If you run too far from him, he’ll use his ranged attacks which cover huge distances. If Grave Warden does unleash a ranged hammer hit, simply duck behind one of the stone columns or run as far away as possible. Read More: Elden Ring character classes guide – We recommend summoning one of your Spirits and attacking him when his focus is drawn towards your AI companion. Grave Warden is hyper-aggressive and will relentlessly pursue you after each attack, giving players very little time to hit him. As a result, you’ll want to try to poke him down with any ranged attacks and only go in for melee hits when you dodge the final hit of his combo. Once you’ve defeated Grave Warden, he’ll drop the Ash of War: Storm Blade and Runes. So, there you have it, all the tips and tricks you need to beat the Grave Warden in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted

How to beat Godrick the Grafted in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FROMSOFTWAREThe first demigod you’ll encounter in The Lands Between is Godrick the Grafted, and even though he’s an optional boss, it’s worth taking a moment to practice your new Tarnished skills and earn some extra runes. Here are Godrick’s weaknesses so you can easily beat this shard bearer in Elden Ring. The aim of the Tarnished in Elden Ring is to hunt down the demigod descendants of the goddess Marika, destroy them, and take their Elden Ring shards. Godrick the Grafted (who prefers to be called Godrick the Golden, despite that honor going to Godfrey and the deceased Godwyn) is the first of these, but he’s not going to go down without a fight or hand over his shard willingly. Godrick is the Lord of Stormveil Castle and will need to be defeated to continue the story. Once he is, the game’s world opens up in several ways and Elden Ring’s adventure truly begins. Here’s where to find Godrick the Grafted in Elden Ring, and how to exploit its weaknesses to defeat him. Contents How to defeat Godrick the Grafted in Elden Ring – Where to find Godrick the Grafted in Elden Ring – Godrick the Grafted stats – Useful tips to defeat Godrick the Grafted – All Godrick the Grafted attacks – Godrick the Grafted drops – Evergaol encounter: Godefroy – How to defeat Godrick the Grafted Fortunately, Godrick isn’t as difficult as Margit the Fell because he doesn’t have that character’s speed. However, he’s still incredibly aggressive and powerful and can kill even the most skilled player in just a couple of hits. If you’ve not upgraded your weapon to at least +3 at the Roundtable Hold, then we advise you to do this now. Although, most players will have done so before facing Margit. Phase 1 In the first phase of the fight, Godrick will wildly swing his axe around leaving little openings for him to be hit before you’ll need to dodge. After his combo, he’ll swing his axe down vertically into the ground and this will take him a few seconds to recover. So hit him with everything you’ve got, then get out of there. His axe swings are deadly and cover a lot of ground, so melee fighters will need to stay on their toes. Ranged fighters simply need to keep their distance and attack him from afar. Don’t let him get close, as getting caught in his combo will likely mean death. Blocking can be an effective strategy for tanky melee, builds, but his combos are fast, powerful, and come in waves. So, it’s often more advisable to dodge and let his animations play out. Be careful though, he can launch into another in a split second. Phase 2 In the second phase of the boss fight, Godrick will grab a dead dragon and inherit the ability to breathe fire. These attacks do major AOE fire damage, so, if you have any gear that provides buffs against fire, now is the time to equip them. Or before the fight begins ideally. It’s imperative to avoid this dragon fire, as it can insta-kill weaker players and has a ridiculous range. So, stay mobile and take potshots when you can. When you do enough damage to Godrick, he’ll stagger, and you can move in for a critical attack. Godrick will now rely more on fire damage than just physical attacks, so be sure to have purchased the Cookbooks from the various merchants to learn how to craft items that cast protective buffs. You can also loot the Flamedrake Talisman from the mini-boss in Groveside Cave in Limgrave. This will help keep you slightly safer from Godrick’s fire damage. It’s also helpful against the Dragon Agheel when it comes to battling him. Where to find Godrick the Grafted Godrick is relatively easy to find if you follow the game’s main story campaign. Simply progress through Stormveil Castle until you reach the fog gate that’s guarded by a giant troll and two Exile Knights. There’s a Site of Grace in a secluded cell to the right, outside of Godrick’s arena. So, make sure you heal and tool up before you head in to face him. Godrick the Grafted stats This scary Boss has the following stats: Health: 6080 HP – Defense: 105 – Stance: 105 – Parryable: No – Immunities: Madness – Deals: Fire, Strike, and Standard physical damage – Godrick the Grafted weaknesses This demigod is weaker to physical damage than elemental, so focus on dealing standard, slash, striker, and pierce damage to break his stance and nail a critical hit. He also happens to be vulnerable to both Poison and Hemorrhage, so you can take advantage of how slow he is to build up the bleed meter with fast weapons such as Katanas and Daggers. Useful tips to defeat Godrick the Grafted NPC summons It’s possible to summon the friendly NPC Nepheli to fight Godrick at your side. Her summon sign can be found right outside the fog gate and she can be a useful ally. Her damage output isn’t great, but she’ll draw half of Godrick’s attention, allowing you to score some shots against him. You can also bring your Spirit Summons into the battle for more allies. To summon Nepheli, you’ll first need to find her and exhaust her dialogue. She can be found in a room off the road outside Godrick’s arena, where the path curves towards him. Summoning Nepheli is completely optional, but we’d recommend speaking to her even if you don’t summon her to continue her very rewarding questline. Spirit Ashes Godrick will likely kill your Spirit Summon if left alone with it, but once Godrick is poisoned or suffering from Scarlet Rot then its work is done. After this, its main use is as a distraction. If you have a magic or ranged build, bring in the tankiest Spirt Ash you have. Your Spirit Summons and Nepheli can be vital allies in this battle. If you’re a melee build, consider bringing the Jellyfish Spirit Ash with you. This way you and Nepheli can tank Godrick while your jellied ally poisons him from afar. If you’ve managed to complete the Frindgefolk Hero’s Grave dungeon from the start of the game and beaten the boss there, you’ll have unlocked Banished Knight Oleg. This is a powerful unique NPC summon that can tank a lot of Godrick’s attacks along with Nepheli while you damage him from a distance. If you’ve fallen for one of Patches traps and discovered the Rotten Stray Ashes in Caelid, then this too is a helpful spirit summon as it can infect Godrick with Scarlet Rot which depletes his health quickly. Nepheli will also more than likely fall if the fight goes on too long, but her main value is to draw Godrick’s attention away from you. Items Due to Godrick’s Stormcaller attack, which deflects throwable items like arrows and pots, there are no particular items recommended for this fight. Instead, focus on a melee build and on having the proper Spells and Incantations. Magic As mentioned above, Godrick is particularly weak to physical damage, so you can use Rock Sling, which is a Gravity Sorcery that costs 18 FPS and raises rocks from the earth to send them flying toward your enemy. Its only requirement is 18 Intelligence and can be found in a chest in an underground cellar on the north side of the Street of Sages Ruins. Additionally, it can be boosted by the Meteorite Staff. You can also use the Bestial Sling Incantation to throw a buckshot of sharp stones towards Godrick. It costs 7 FPS and requires just 10 Faith. You can acquire it by giving a second Deathroot to the Beast Clergyman Gurranq in the Bestial Sanctum. All Godrick the Grafted Attacks Here are all the attacks this Boss can perform during your battle: Axe and Arm Swing – Axe Lunge – Roll – Dragging Slash – Jumping Slam – Lesser Command – Fury Swings – Stormcaller – Storm Assault and Storm Blade – Severed Arm – Sweeping and Striding Flame – Grab – I Command Thee, Kneel! – Bear Witness! – Godrick the Grafted drops Once Godrick falls, you’ll be rewarded with 20,000 runes and also your first Great Rune, a powerful item that can be used to buff yourself once you’ve unlocked its power. You’ll also get the Remembrance of the Grafted, a consumable item with many effects. You can hand it to Enia in the Roundtable Hold to unlock its power, which supplies the player with the Axe of Godrick or the Grafted Dragon armaments. Evergaol encounter: Godefroy Elden Ring has a habit of recycling its main bosses as field or Evergaol bosses. So, many hours after defeating Godrick, you can take him down a second time. However, this is an identical copy known as Godefroy the Grafted which uses the exact same move-set. To reach Godefroy, you’ll need to travel to the Golden Lineage Evergaol in the Altus Plateau, very close to the Grand Lift of Dectus. Here, you’ll then need to spend one Stone Sword Key to enter the Evergaol and challenge Godefroy. As you’ll likely meet Godefroy sometime after Godrick, he’s a much higher level this time around, but you will be too. Therefore don’t be intimidated, you may even be overleveled by this point. He also only has one phase this time, making the fight much simpler. However, as this is an Evergaol boss, you’ll have no access to Spirit Ash, NPC support, or co-op partners this time. This battle is you versus Godefroy, one on one. Repeat the strategy above to bring him down, you’ll also earn the Godfrey Icon talisman for your trouble. For more Elden Ring content, check our guides below: Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick

How to beat Godfrey in Elden Ring From SoftwareGodfrey is a powerful boss in Elden Ring’s capital city. Here’s how to defeat Godfrey, the First Elden Lord. Godfrey the First Elden Lord is an important character in Elden Ring. You’ll hear a lot about him in the game before you finally come face to face with this axe-swinging demigod. However, once you do, you’ll need all the help you can get to defeat him. You have to beat Godfrey in multiple boss fights in Elden Ring, but this first battle takes place near the Erd Tree in the capital city. Godfrey is guarding the path to Marika’s throne and this version of him is bathed in golden light. Here’s how to defeat Godfrey. Remember, this is your first battle with Godfrey. You’ll meet again later. Contents How to find Godfrey in Elden Ring Godfrey is located in Lyndell, the Royal Capital of The Lands Between. You’ll have to fight your way through the ruined city and reach the center. You’ll soon spot a gigantic dead stone dragon which you can climb to reach another part of the Lyndell. After climbing the dragon, you’ll be able to jump off into a small alcove with a ladder. Once you climb up, you’ll need to deal with (or run away from) a knight who stands on guard. After you’ve passed him, you’ll eventually notice some large tree roots that lead up to a temple in the sky. Be careful when walking across these roots, as some tree people enemies will attack you, but luckily, you can backstab most of them if you’re stealthy. Keep following the roots up and to the left to arrive at the temple – and an ominous-looking fog gate. How to beat Godfrey, First Elden Lord The boss battle with Godfrey will begin without a cutscene or any fanfare. Instead, this golden, hulking, axe-wielding warrior will trudge towards you before launching into a furious sprint. Godfrey has a selection of attacks, some involve him leaping into the air and hurling his axe at you, while others see him keeping hold of the axe and landing with a thud. Both these attacks buy you some seconds to attack him, so take advantage of the time they give. His other attacks involve wildling swinging his axe in a variety of combos that you don’t want to get caught in. These last either 3 or 4 strikes so try to determine which one he’s doing and be ready to attack once he’s reached the end of a combo. Naturally, roll and dodge his strikes. Blocking is also useful, but his sheer strength and ferocity will break your guard if multiple strikes connect in full. Therefore, dodging is best. Ranged and magic users will be able to take pot shots as they dodge, but melee players will need to then circle around him, and strike in those precious moments. Unless you’re confident in his move set, we strongly advise bringing a tanky Spirit Summon into this fight. This way you can draw his attention and take advantage of more openings in his attacks. A ranged summon will likely die early in the fight once he moves in to attack them. Despite Godfrey being such an imposing figure, he’s fairly straightforward as far as bosses go in Elden Ring. The trick is to learn his combos and counter him. Just remember, once he falls, you’ll need to face Godfrey again later in a much more difficult battle. So, that’s how you take down Godfrey in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | Elden Ring Starscourge Radahn | Elden Ring Gold Scarab Talisman | Elden Ring health debuff | Elden Ring Icon Shield

How to beat Hoarah Loux in Elden Ring From SoftwareYour second boss battle with Godfrey in Elden Ring is much tougher than the first. Here’s how to defeat Godfrey in his Hoarah Loux form. It turns out that there’s much more to Godfrey, the First Elden Lord, in Elden Ring than previously thought. Throughout the game you’ve been hearing about a Tarnished champion called Hoarah Loux, the chieftain of The Badlands. As it happens, Godfrey, Marika’s first husband is Hoarah Loux, the first of the Tarnished and that is the name he went by long ago and before he was raised to godhood. As you approach the final few bosses in Elden Ring, you start to learn about who they are. Hoarah Loux was a powerful human warlord who married the Goddess Marika and fathered the demi-gods you’ve been picking off throughout Elden Ring. While your first battle with Godfrey was against an aspect of his God form, for the second battle with Godfrey he channels his inner warrior – once again becoming the mortal Hoarah Loux. Believe it or not, he’s much more dangerous in this form, possessing a bestial nature that he now unleashes. Contents Where to find Godfrey in Elden Ring – NPC summons – How to beat Hoarah Loux, Godfrey – How to beat Hoarah Loux, Warrior – Where to find Hoarah Loux in Elden Ring The second battle with Godfrey takes place near the Elden Throne in the arena where you fought Morgott the Omen King, so it’s a short walk from where you last fought Godfrey. Only this time he’s not bathed in golden light and will engage you in conversation while cradling the remains of his dead son, King Morgott. However, you’ll need to go through one of your oldest allies before you can battle Hoarah Loux again. Gideon Ofnir battle Before you can challenge Godfrey for a second time, you’ll need to make your way back to the Elden Throne. When you approach the temple where you fought Godfrey the first time, you’ll find Gideon Ofnir waiting for you. ‘The All-Knowing’ one will have disappeared from the Round Table Hold when you defeated Maleketh and now seems to have had a change of heart about your mission. Something appears to have spooked your old mentor. You’ll need to defeat your fellow Tarnished champion before you can enter the Elden Throne area again. While Ofnir has some powerful spells, he’s relatively weak and most players should be able to take him down without too much trouble. Just buff yourself against magic attacks, dodge his highly telegraphed spells, and then counter-attack until he falls. If you can get close to him it won’t take long to cut him down. The real challenge comes next. NPC support. If you’ve followed Nepheli Loux’s questline and helped her become the Lady of Stormveil, her gold summon sign will appear before you enter Godfrey’s arena. This will only happen if she now sits on Godrick the Grafted’s throne – and it won’t be available if you decided to turn her into a puppet or don’t complete her quest. You’ll also need Gatekeeper Gostoc and Kenneth Haight to still be alive and serving Nepheli in her throne room. So we hope you resisted the urge to kill them both. Interestingly, if you’re in New Game Plus, and are using a Nepheli Loux puppet as your Spirt Summon, you’ll still be able to call on Nepheli as an NPC as long as you complete her quest in your second playthrough. So, if you want to use two different Nepheli Loux NPCs for this boss, that’s how. Of course, now that Gideon Ofnir is dead, Hoarah Loux, or Godfrey, is the final piece of the puzzle in completing Nepheli’s quest. He also stands between you and the Elden Ring. Lord of Frenzied Flame NPC summon If you’re walking the dark and destructive path toward becoming the Lord of Frenzied Flame, then you’ll be able to summon Shabriri. Shabriri will now inhabit Bloody Finger Hunter Yura’s body, so be sure to have completed his quest to make this NPC summon possible. You’ll also need to have completed Hyetta’s quest and have been embraced by the Three Fingers. How to beat Hoarah Loux as Godfrey This battle with Godfrey will be very similar to the first encounter, only this time he’ll have support from his spirit lion Serosh. While Serosh doesn’t fight you directly, he’s fused to Godfrey’s back and serves as a powerful buff after the boss does his war cry. Use the same strategy you used during the first battle, let him swing his combos and counter-attack once he’s vulnerable. His jumping attacks are well-telegraphed and easily avoided. When he lands, move in for the attack. Once you get him to half-health, a cutscene will play. Godfrey will dismiss Serosh and throw down his armor and weapons. He’ll then continue to fight you with his bare hands as a human warlord, rather than a golden god. How to beat Hoarah Loux, Warrior Hoarah Loux is a completely different ballgame from Godfrey in terms of ferocity and speed. The good news though is that he’ll still only have half a health bar and won’t regenerate it as most bosses do in their second stage. If you didn’t summon your Spirit Ash during the first stage, now is the time to do it. Although spirits already summoned should continue to fight after the cutscene. Most of Hoarah Loux’s attacks are big stomps and lunges, they do massive AOE damage, but can be avoided easily. He also leaves himself open for several frames after each, meaning you can land a few hits on him before he recovers. Don’t get too greedy though, or he’ll take advantage and put you on the defensive. Instead, keep moving and circling him until there’s an opportunity to strike. Magic and ranged users should also adopt this strategy, but take extra care not to get caught by him. This is a boss where you really need to learn his attack patterns and the best counter for each. If in doubt, dodge until he tries to grab you and punish him during his long recovery window. So, that’s how you take down Godfrey / Hoarah Loux in Elden Ring. Make sure you check out our Elden Ring page for all the latest news and guides. How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel

How to beat Flying Dragon Agheel in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FROMSOFTWAREElden Ring has plenty of optional bosses for players to take on, like the Flying Dragon Agheel, a gigantic beast that patrols the Agheel Lake in Limgrave. Here’s everything you need to know to beat this fire-breathing wyvern in FromSoftware’s game. Elden Ring is home to plenty of terrifying bosses, but one of the most intimidating is Flying Dragon Agheel, who prowls the Agheel Lake. Unlike Margit the Fallen Omen, Flying Dragon Agheel is one of the game’s optional bosses, which means Tarnished can choose whether to tackle this gigantic dragon or run for the hills. However, those who wish to take on this colossal beast and best it in combat will be rewarded for their efforts. Whether you’re looking to claim the Dragon Heart or simply aim to kill every boss in Elden Ring you’ll need to come prepared. Fortunately, our Flying Dragon Agheel boss guide has everything you need to take down this fire-breathing dragon without taking so much a scratch. So, if you’re having difficulty beating this scaly foe, then look no further. Contents How to beat Flying Dragon Agheel in Elden Ring – Where to find Flying Dragon Agheel in Elden Ring – Flying Dragon Agheel stats – Useful tips to defeat Flying Dragon Agheel – All Flying Dragon Agheel attacks – Flying Dragon Agheel drops – How to beat Flying Dragon Agheel in Elden Ring When you reach the Flying Dragon Agheel area, it will land from the sky and stand idle for a few seconds, giving you a brief chance to weave in some heavy-hitting attacks. Due to the sheer size of this boss, we recommend using the Spectral Steed Whistle to summon your mount. The added mobility from your horse will enable you to safely avoid Flying Dragon Agheel’s colossal stomps and claw swipes, giving you opportunities to dart in and out of combat. Simply ride up to Agheel’s legs and wings and begin hitting them with your weapon, constantly ensuring you circle around him. By staying directly behind this mighty dragon, you’ll be able to avoid the majority of his attacks. When you’ve done enough damage, Agheel will topple over. During this brief period, you’ll want to make your way over to its head and dismount to deliver a high-damage hit. After doing this, remount and continue to chip away at the dragon’s legs and wings until the beast’s health bar reaches zero. It’s important to note that Agheel’s tail cannot be severed, so Dark Souls fans looking to fashion a weapon out of this body part are best avoiding this particular limb altogether. If you’re still struggling to kill Agheel with this method, then you can always use long-range weapons and spells to safely bombard it from afar. Head over to the western shore and use the rubble to avoid any incoming damages, while constantly barraging Agheel with your attacks. Where to find Flying Dragon Agheel in Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel is located on the northwestern island of Agheel Lake, in Limgrave. Once you approach the sacrificial pyre, this mighty dragon will swoop down from the skies above and begin scouring its surroundings in search of prey, so be careful. Flying Dragon Agheel stats This gigantic creature has the following stats: Health: 3200 HP – Defense: 106 – Stance: 120 – Parryable: No – Immunities: Sleep and madness – Deals: Fire and Standard physical damage – Flying Dragon Agheel weaknesses During the encounter against this Dragon, players should aim for its weak spots, such as its head, which takes 50% more damage. Additionally, Flying Dragon Agheel will take an extra 20% standard damage after getting a critical hit. Players can reach this by taking advantage of its weakness to Pierce damage using Bows, Crossbows, Great Spears, and Halberds. Useful tips to defeat Flying Dragon Agheel NPC summons You can summon Bloody Finger Hunter Yura to aid you in this tough battle. First, speak to him in the ravine after you get invaded by Bloody Finger Nerijus. He’ll then warn you about Agheel and advise you to avoid the dragon. His gold summon sign can then be found as you approach the area where Agheel swoops down. It’s worth summoning Yura, even if it’s just to be used as a distraction. Remember, Agheel will receive a health and damage buff if Yura is summoned. Spirit Ashes The optimal Spirit Ash to summon for the Flying Dragon Agheel encounter is the Kaiden Sellsword Ashes. This will summon a melee-ranged armed mercenary for only 88 FP who will block and inflict a good amount of damage while fighting next to you thanks to its powerful curved cleaver. You can get the Kaiden Sellsword Ashes by defeating the Erdtree Burial Watchdog in the Cliffbottom Catacombs. Items One of the items you must consider taking into battle is the Dragonwound Grease. This consumable will coat any right-hand armament, increasing its damage against regular dragons by 30% and 20% for Ancient Dragons. The Dragonwound Grease lasts for 60 seconds and can be obtained in several places like Raya Lucaria, the Fringefolk Hero’s Grave, the Divine Tower of Caelid, Sage’s Cave, or the Temple Quarter. Magic The best spell to attack Flying Dragon Agheel is Rock Sling. This Gravity Sorcery costs 18 FP and 29 Stamina and raises rocks from the earth and sends them flying toward your enemy. Its only requirement is 18 Intelligence and can be found in a chest in an underground cellar on the north side of the Street of Sages Ruins. Additionally, it can be boosted by the Meteorite Staff. All Flying Dragon Agheel attacks Here are all the attacks this creature can perform during an encounter: Low, High, and Lunging Stomps – Bite – Wing Slam and Wing Sweep – Charge – Tail Whip – Spin Bite – Whip & Gore – Repositioning Hop – Dive Bomb – Sweeping and Tracking Breaths – Retreat – Strafe – Flying Dragon Agheel drops Upon defeating Agheel, you’ll be rewarded with 5000 Runes and a Dragon Heart. The Dragon Heart can be traded for draconic Incantations at the Church of Dragon Communion. It’s certainly not a bad reward and with this victory, you’ll be able to pump more levels into your character’s build. For more Elden Ring content, check our guides below: Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted

How to beat the Fire Giant in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FROMSOFTWAREElden Ring has over 30 bosses and the Fire Giant is one of the most mortifying ones, not only because of its disgusting design but also due to its control of fire. Here’s how you can exploit the Fire Giant’s weaknesses to beat one of the toughest bosses from the late-game stages. The Forbidden Lands in Elden Ring may look like the game’s very own winter wonderland, but you’ll soon realize the area is just as deadly as anywhere else. To make things worse, it’s patrolled by an enormous Fire Giant which you have to beat in order to progress in the game’s story. More so, the Giant guards the Forbidden Flame, something you’ll need on your quest if you’re going to pass through the vines of the Erd Tree, so there’s no going around this fight. While the Fire Giant in Elden Ring may not be a demigod or a shard-holder, he’s just as powerful as many of the main bosses you’ve fought so far. He’s easily one of the hardest bosses in Elden Ring and will stamp out hasty players with ease. However, there are effective strategies to bring him down. Here’s how to defeat the Fire Giant in Elden Ring as well as his weaknesses. Contents How to defeat the Fire Giant in Elden Ring – Where to find the Fire Giant in Elden Ring – Fire Giant stats – Useful tips to defeat the Fire Giant – All Fire Giant attacks – Fire Giant drops – How to defeat the Fire Giant in Elden Ring Just because the Fire Giant is big, don’t make the mistake of thinking he’s slow. Unless you’re highly skilled or significantly over-leveled, fighting this boss on foot will see you smushed into the mountainside very early in the battle. So, make sure you tackle the giant on horseback to make it harder for him to get a lock on you. Of course, if you’re playing in co-op you’ll need to fight on foot, but his attention will be split between you more so than it would be between you and your Spirit Summons. Having one player attack his feet while another Sling Spell from afar can be an effective strategy for two or three players. Even if you’re far away from him, the Fire Giant can still throw fireballs and make fire burst from the ground around you. He can also shovel snow at you that rips through scenery such as trees. This can be avoided best on horseback, but blocking also works well. It’s a notoriously hard attack to dodge due to the area it covers. Phase 1 His opening attack will usually be his snow shovel so be ready to block or ride away. Once his initial attacks end, ride or run quickly towards him, targeting his left ankle. You’ll notice he has some sort of injury here, so this is the game’s way of telling you where to strike. He’ll have a splint keeping his foot in place, so attack this with ruthless aggression. Just be ready to dodge and don’t get too greedy in your attacks. Whether you’re a melee build or a ranged/magic build, this should be your target. Watch his attack patterns and try to time your strikes during the moments when he’s coming out of an attack animation. He’ll usually perform his attacks in a sequence but don’t count on this. The Giant also has a lot of health, so don’t expect this to be a quick win. However, using a weapon with a bleed effect will make this first phase end quicker. He’s also susceptible to scarlet rot and poison once you break down his resistance. While they won’t take much of his health away, they will chip away gradually while you’re running/riding around and repositioning for attacks. Phase 2 Once you get him to around 50% HP, a cutscene will play in which the Fire Giant rips off his own foot and uses its fire to buff himself. He won’t be able to walk anymore, but he’ll now roll around the map which can cause heavy damage if he happens to do so over you. It’s a hard attack to dodge, so stay mobile and look for tells. Don’t stay in one place for too long either. In his second part, the Fire Giant will now have a ridiculous amount of health and defense. You’ll notice your attacks don’t do the damage they did during Phase 1. At times you may even wonder if this boss is immune to physical damage. He’s not, but it sure can look that way to those simply trying to slug him to death. Attacking his hands and feet still works, but you’ll get precious little openings to hit him there before he rolls away. He takes more damage from his hands than from his feet, but they are harder to hit. During this part of the encounter, the best you can do is go after the eye that opens on his chest, however, this is incredibly hard to hit for a melee build unless you’re riding Torrent or using weapon arts that do decent AOE damage. Learn his patterns and strike there when you can, this is the best way to bring him down, rather than hacking away at his feet until he catches you in a roll. His new fireball attack does massive damage, so avoid this at all costs. Try to stay behind him on Torrent and continue your strategy. You can take advantage of Spirit Summons in this battle too, and we’d suggest using ranged attacks so you’ve got more chance of hitting his weak spot, but you’ll need to hold his attention while your summon fires their volleys. Mage or ranged builds should summon a tanky Spirit Ash to keep him occupied while you aim for his chest. If you’re a glass cannon, it won’t take many hits here to bring him down. Just don’t get caught in his AOE fire attacks, these can kill you in one hit, or stun-lock you and kill you in 2 or 3. Where to find the Fire Giant in Elden Ring The Fire Giant is a boss you’ll face by simply progressing through the game’s main story. Once you arrive in the Forbidden Lands, you’ll inevitably make your way to the Mountaintops of the Giants where the boss lies in wait. He’s guarding the flame you need to burn the Erd Tree’s vines, so he’ll need to be killed for you to progress the story. He’ll be outside the Forge of the Giants, which is your next destination. The only issue is he stands between you and it. Therefore, equip as many fire buffs as you can and prepare for an epic clash. Fire Giant stats Health: 42363 HP – Defense: 118 – Stance: 120 – Parryable: No – Immunities: Madness – Deals: Fire, Standard, and Strike physical damage – Fire Giant weaknesses The Fire Giant has only a few weaknesses, which is why it’s one of the hardest bosses in Elden Ring. One of its weaknesses is to Slash damage, which is a physical kind of damage that can be dealt with a particular set of weapons. Also, you can take advantage of its susceptibility to scarlet rot and poison. Its other weak spots are directly physical and they unlock depending on which phase of the combat you’re at. During Phase 1, you need to focus your hits on the wounded left leg, and in Phase 2 switch to the left forearm. This will make the Fire Giant pause for a moment, so you can take the opportunity to deal some more damage. While both leg and forearm hits deal a great amount of damage, the main weak spot of the Fire Giant is the eye on his chest, so during the second portion of the encounter try to hit it as much as you can. Useful tips to defeat the Fire Giant NPC summons You can summon Warrior Jar Alexander to aid you in this very difficult fight. While this will give the Fire Giant a health and power buff, having an ally in this battle to draw his attention can be very valuable. You can also still use your Spirit Summons alongside Alexander. Remember, you won’t be able to summon your horse Torrent if you summon Alexander or co-op partners. This can make the battle much more difficult and limit your maneuverability. Alexander’s gold summon sign can be found between the Site of Grace and the Fog Gate. However, in order to summon Alexander you’ll need to have been following his questline. Summoning him here also helps you progress his story. Spirit Ashes The ideal Spirit Ash to use for this battle is the Black Knife Tiche, which summons an assassin that attacks with a Black Knife imbued with the Rune of Death. It costs 132 FP and no HP, and can only be obtained by defeating Alecto, the Black Knife Ringleader at the Ringleader’s Evergaol in the southwestern side of Liurnia. Items Due to the Fire Giant appearing during the late-game stages, you’d be able to get ready accordingly. As its name says, the Fire Giant will attack you with fire constantly, so you must equip yourself with items that will protect you from that particular element. The Flamedrake Talisman and the Dragoncrest Shield Talisman will increase your fire and physical resistances, so make sure you equip them before the encounter. To take advantage of the Giant’s weakness to Slash damage, you should get weapons like Daggers, Katanas, Curved Swords, Halberds, or Glaives. Finally, for the scarlet rot and poison susceptibilities, you can use Incantations such as Rotten Breath and Poison Mist, or throw at him Poison and Rot Pots. Magic There are three Incantations that can be of a lot of use during your fight with the Fire Giant. The Fire Giant is resistant to bleed, but because he’s not immune, which is why you should use both Rotten Breath and Ekzyke’s Decay to cause Scarlet Rot. Rotten Breath channels a dragon to spew Scarlet Rot breath and costs 36 FP. It requires 15 Fatih and 12 Arcane and can be exchanged at the Dragon Communion Altar at the Cathedral of Dragon Communion in Caelid for 1 Dragon Heart. Ekzyke’s Decay conjures the head of Ekzykes to spray a rot-inducing cloud. It costs 48 FP and requires 23 Faith and 15 Arcane. It can be obtained through the same process as Rotten Breath, but requires 2 Dragon Hearts. Swarm of Flies is an Incantation that releases a swarm of bloodflies towards the enemy to inflict Hemorrhage. It costs 14 FP and requires 11 Fath and 16 Arcane. It can be found on a corpse in the east wall of the Mohgwyn Palace’s blood marsh. All Fire Giant attacks Here’s the list of all the Fire Giant attacks players need to be aware of: Avalanche – Jumping Smash – Lid Swing – Stomp – Roll – Giantsflame, Take Thee – Flame of the Fell God – Burn, O Flame! – Flame, Fall Upon Them – Fire Breath – Swipe – Fire Giant drops After the Fire Giant is finally defeated, the player will be rewarded with 180,000 runes and the Remembrance of the Fire Giant. This item is similar to the Remembrance of the Blood Lord obtained from Mohg, Lord of Blood and the Remembrance of the Grafted taken from Godrick the Grafted. Remembrance of the Fire Giant is a Consumable item that grants effects such as recovering HP, anuling negative effects, and temporary buffs and debuffs. It can also be sold for 30,000 runes or given to Enia at the Roundtable Hold to exchange it for the Giant’s Red Braid or the Burn, O Flame! Incantation. For more Elden Ring content, check our guides below: Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | How to beat Radahn | How to Beat Godfrey |

How to beat Draconic Tree Sentinel in Elden Ring: Boss stats, weaknesses & tips FROMSOFTWAREThe iconic and scary Tree Sentinel from the beginning of the game has a spiky brother that will give you an even tougher time once you cross paths with him. So, here’s a detailed guide to help you defeat the Draconic Tree Sentinel, an overworld Boss in Elden Ring. The first Tree Sentinel in Elden Ring is considered the game’s first real challenge. Many players will have experienced their first in-game death at the hands of the Tree Sentinel, potentially even running away and returning later with a horse to even the odds. However, his Draconic variant is even more difficult and will test even the most powerful player. The Draconic Tree Sentinel guards the gateway to the game’s capital city, where the Erd Tree is located, and you’ll need to get past him to continue your quest. While Draconic Tree Sentinel is a tough fight, there are things you can do to make your life easier, and we’ve gathered them here for you. Contents How to defeat the Draconic Tree Sentinel in Elden Ring – Where to find the Draconic Tree Sentinel in Elden Ring – Draconic Tree Sentinel stats – Useful tips to defeat the Draconic Tree Sentinel – All Draconic Tree Sentinel attacks – Draconic Tree Sentinel drops – Additional encounter with the Draconic Tree Sentinel – How to defeat the Draconic Tree Sentinel in Elden Ring This Tree Sentinel fights a lot like his Limgrave counterpart, but he hits so much harder. You can get him to half health by simply repeating the tactics you used against the original Tree Sentinel, but this is when the battle really gets tough. Phase 1 First, though, you’ll need to get there. Use Torrent to move quickly and if you’re a melee build engage the boss in a jousting contest, hitting him and getting out of there before he retaliates. Dodge his attacks and counter when possible. If you’re attacking at range just stick and move, as he’ll likely flatten you with one or two swipes should his attacks connect. Phase 2 At half-health, the Draconic Tree Sentinel will start summoning red lightning which can hit you from afar and up close. If you try and ride away, he’ll try to zap you off your horse. However, if you stay too close, he’ll fry you with a powerful attack that surrounds him with an aura of red lightning. Therefore, keep your distance and move away from the attack, zig zag if you have to as the lightning will hone in on you. Then swoop in for an attack once it’s safe to do so. His lightning attacks will likely finish off your Spirit Summons if they’re not significantly leveled, so be prepared to fight with solo guerrilla tactics. Your NPC allies may also fall at this point, however, the end should be in sight. We found the Rotton Stray Spirit Ash and other Scarlett Rott attacks were especially useful, as this helped us chip away at his health even when he was blasting the arena with lightning. Ranged and melee strategy Whether you’re using a ranged or melee strategy, stay mobile on Torrent for the best chances of winning this fight. You’re toast if you stay on foot once the second phase of this fight begins as there will be nowhere to hide from his lightning. Keep your distance but don’t go too far, or he’ll change his attack pattern. Move in for an attack when he gears up or recovers, then get out of there once he starts swinging his big lightning-infused axe. Caster builds can ride around and fire magic attacks at him, just be sure not to get hit it’ll only take him a few hits to bring you down. Melee builds can likely tank more damage, but there’s the added risk of getting close to him. Don’t get greedy with your attacks. Retreat when you need to and repeat this strategy. Once the Draconic Tree Sentinel falls, you can then enter the Royal Capital, Lyndell, and continue towards the Erd Tree and your next challenge. Where to find the Draconic Tree Sentinel in Elden Ring The Draconic Tree Sentinel is rather easy to find: simply make your way through the Altus Plateau and follow the capital city walls until you reach its northern entrance. You’ll pass some hostile Smouldering Giants who’ll shoot massive arrows at you, but just use the trees to dodge their attacks. You’ll eventually reach a fog gate guarded by the Draconic Tree Sentinel himself. He won’t attack until you approach him and trigger the boss fight to start, so cast your buffs and such before this. You can also use your Spirit Summons and Torrent in this fight, so take full advantage of this. Draconic Tree Sentinel stats This spiky enemy has the following stats: Health: 13362 HP – Defense: 118 – Stance: 80 – Parryable: Yes – Immunities: Madness – Deals: Standard, Strike, Fire, and Lightning damage. – Draconic Tree Sentinel weaknesses The Draconic Tree Sentinel has low resistance to damage over time from Scarlet Rot and Poison, so that’s the damage type you should aim for when facing this Boss. Poison Grease and Poisonbone Darts are very useful consumable items you can find before reaching him. Additionally, it’s weaker to Standard, Strike, and Pierce damage, so weapons like Hammers, Halberds, and Greatswords can help, as well as Crossbows, Ballistas, and Spears. Useful tips to defeat the Draconic Tree Sentinel NPC summons The Draconic Tree Sentinel is a tough fight for any solo player, but luckily there are two NPCs that can be called on to aid you. The first is Great Horned Tregoth, an NPC you may recognize from the Radahn boss fight and others. His gold summon sign will be close to the boss area. The only prerequisite is you’ll need to have not assassinated Tregoth for Patches at the Volcano Manor. If you plan on assassinating him, wait until after this fight. The second NPC is Millicent. To summon her, simply follow her questline and make sure she’s been given a new sword arm before you reach this point. You can learn all about Millicent’s quest here. Spirit Ashes To exploit the Draconic Tree Sentinel’s weakness to Poison, the best Spirit Ash you can use is the Jellyfish, as it summons a giant stationary jellyfish that deals damage from a distance while applying a Poison buildup. It costs 31 FP and can be obtained from Roderika at the Stormhill Shack in Limgrave. Items As previously mentioned, you can use Poison Grease to coat your right-hand armament to inflict poison with every hit. It can be found on Sellia, the Altus Plateau, and outside the Volcano Cave in Mt. Gelmir. You can also acquire Poisonbone Darts to throw at the Draconic Tree Sentinel. These inflict regular damage while also building up poison. You can craft them using the Nomadic Warrior’s Cookbook with x2 Thin Beast Bones and x1 Poisonbloom or you can buy it from the Nomadic Merchant near the Aeonia Swamp shore. For melee builds, the Pickled Turtle Neck talisman can give you an extra Stamina push, while the Dragoncrest Shield talisman will protect you from Physical damage by reducing it. Magic If you want to focus on the Poison damage, you can use the Poison Mist incantation. This spell releases a toxic mist to inflict poison buildup. It costs 10 Stamina, 18 FP, and requires 12 Faith, and can be found at the Weeping Peninsula, dropped by a Teardrop Scarab. All Draconic Tree Sentinel attacks When fighting this Boss, you must beware of these attacks: Hammer Attack – Quick Hammer Strike – Lunging Strike – Sentinel’s Slam – Horse Stomp (Hammer) – Fireball – Rearing Fireball (Close-range) – Shield-Backwards Swipe, Shield-Forward Swipe, and Shield-Forward Swipe (Repositions) – Shield Smash, Shield-Double Smash, and Shield-Delayed Smash – Lightning Strike – Honed Bolt – Thunderous Smite – Lightning Wave – Draconic Tree Sentinel drops Once you finally manage to defeat the Draconic Tree Sentinel, you’ll be rewarded with 50,000 runes, as well as the Dragon Greatclaw and Dragonclaw Shield. This Colossal weapon and Greashield scale primarily with Strength and Dexterity, so if it matches your build, this is a great opportunity. If you defeat the second Draconic Tree Sentinel, you’ll get an extra 28,080 runes and the Malformed Dragon Set, a full armor with great and useful stats. Additional encounter with the Draconic Tree Sentinel There is a second Draconic Tree Sentinel just before the fog gate that takes you to Maliketh, the Black Blade, at the Crumbling Farum Azula. You can reach it by going up the stairs of the Beside the Great Bridge Site of Grace. For more Elden Ring content, check some of the guides below: How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Best Elden Ring settings | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | How to beat Radahn

How to beat Commander Gaius in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftware/DexertoCommander Gaius is one of Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree’s mounted bosses. Here’s how you can take down the rider and their loyal armored companion. As Elden Ring is open world, FromSoftware lets players use a horse named Torrent to navigate the world map. Torrent can even be used in some boss battles, like against Ancient Dragon Senessax, as it lets you quickly close the gap when rushing to slay your enemy. However, some bosses come with their own mounts, such as Commander Gauius, who fights atop a massive boar. Luckily, that big piggie he’s riding on gives him some weaknesses that you can exploit. Commander Gaius is an optional boss battle in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree. You also can’t access him until later in the game, so don’t worry about having to face him too early. Commander Gaius location Commander Gaius is found at the back of the Shadow Keep dungeon. The exact location is noted on the map below. The closest Site of Grace is Shadow Keep Back Gate. But there are a lot of steps to follow before you can reach it. First, head to the Moorth Ruins, which are southeast from the Shadow Keep. – In the Moorth Ruins, there is a hole in the ground that leads to an underground area. There are three Perfumers guarding this region, which you can fight or avoid at your leisure. – Follow the path around until you find a ladder. Climb up to reach Bonny Village and unlock its Site of Grace. – Use Torrent to jump over the nearby gap where the bridge has been cut, then cross the next bridge and unlock the Bridge Leading to the Village Site of Grace. – Ride north until you find the Church District Highroad Site of Grace. – Ride even further north until you see a gap in the cliff face. Enter and you’ll eventually reach the Church District Entrance Site of Grace. – You’re now in a flooded area. Leap from house to house and keep avoiding enemies, as you follow the path deeper into the Shadow Keep. You’ll eventually reach the Specimen Storehouse area, where you’ll unlock the Storehouse, Back Section Site of Grace. – From the Site of Grace, head west until you find a ladder. – Follow this path and keep an eye out for a hole in the wall. – Go through the hole and follow the path until you reach the Storehouse, Loft Site of Grace. – Walk gingerly across the beams and keep following the path. If you reach an area with a lift that descends into a dead end, go back up, as you need to keep following the path. – You’ll eventually reach a wooden lift that will take you to the bottom of the castle, where you’ll find the Shadow Keep, Back Gate Site of Grace. – Commander Gaius is found in the area beyond. – How to beat Commander Gaius Phase 1 The Commander Gaius battle takes place in a massive boss arena, one where you’re free to use Torrent. This gives you a lot of movement space, but bear in mind that your enemy is mounted and can cover a lot of ground, which includes damaging charge attacks. As Commander Gaius starts far away, you’ll have time to summon a Spirit Ash or use an item. Just be ready to dodge, as he’ll soon barrel down on you. Commander Gaius is mounted, which means he can move incredibly fast in a straight line. However, he’s not as fast at spinning around, like some of the other bosses in the DLC, and his mount makes him a huge target. In melee combat, Commander Gaius uses a mixture of sword swipes and kicks/headbutts from his boar. These are strong but are slow and well-telegraphed, so they’re all easy to dodge. The problem is that he augments some of these attacks with gravity magic. You’ll recognize this whenever purple energy starts crackling around his body. Not only does gravity magic leave a painful AoE behind when used, which you need to roll through, but it also comes with some damaging ranged attacks. Commander Gaius’ massive hurtbox is his weakness. Your best option is to use a summon to draw aggro and then strike him in the back before raising a shield or backstepping out of the range of the boar’s counter. This first phase is extremely simple: just be ready to double-dodge when his attacks are purple. Phase 2 Once you knock this boss to 50% health, he’ll pull a Super Saiyan and shroud himself with purple energy. Commander Gaius will use a Radahn-style meteor attack, where he jumps into the air and crashes down, which can be hard to sightread, as he vanishes out of sight. Not only do you have to be ready to dodge as soon as he drops, but keep dodging, as the attack sends a multi-stage gravity shockwave after it. During Phase 2, Commander Gaius will throw out multi-part gravity blasts, but these can easily be dodged. You just have to be more careful about how many attacks you commit to. He can also throw out a damaging single ball of gravity magic, but this is highly telegraphed. Your tactics should remain the same – stick to his boar’s backside, get a few hits in, and rush back. His aggression isn’t as oppressive as someone like Messmer the Impaler, so it’s easy to manage. The fact that you have a lot of room and the use of Torrent means you can safely back off for healing potions if needed. NPC allies There are no NPC ally summons available for the Commander Gaius boss battle. However, you can summon Spirit Ashes during the fight. Commander Gaius rewards Defeating Commander Gaius will earn you the following: 230,000 Runes – Remembrance of the Wild Boar Rider – The Remembrance of the Wild Boar Rider can be traded at the Roundtable Hold for the Sword Lance weapon or the Blades of Stone Sorcery. Commander Gaius weaknesses Commander Gaius is also extremely weak to fire or frost damage. Commander Gaius has a comparatively large hitbox and slow response time compared to other bosses in Elden Ring. As such, he’s extremely susceptible to frost, poison, and scarlet rot, as you have lots of opportunities to get multiple strikes in before he counters. This tactic is beneficial with the Mimic Tear summon. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands. If you’re struggling to find a specific foe, we’ve got every Shadow of the Erdtree boss’ location in one handy list.

How to beat Bayle the Dread in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftwareElden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree‘s Bayle the Dread is a powerful dragon heavily inspired by some of fiction’s scariest monsters. Here’s how you slay this fiery dragon. Bayle the Dread resembles the Balrog from The Lord of the Rings, notably the iteration from the Peter Jackson movies. It even has similar fire powers and a huge blazing sword. The only difference is that this enormous jerk remembers how to use his wings – and puts them to good use. For the timid among you, this is an optional boss in Shadow of the Erdtree. You don’t need to beat it to complete the story. However, can you truly claim to be the Elden Lord while such a powerful endgame boss continues to live? Bayle the Dread location Bayle is found in the Jagged Peaks in the eastern part of the Shadow Realm. It’s faced further along the path after you’ve defeated Ancient Dragon Senessax. Check out our Senessax guide for the path to these draconic foes. How to beat Bayle the Dread Bayle is susceptible to Frost damage! If you have Sorceries that deal that damage, or if you have a maxed-out Icerind Hatchet, then those will be your weapons of choice. Bring any items or equipment you have that block Fire or Lightning damage. Bayle uses both of these extensively. Some of Bayle’s attacks can be blocked with a shield. Its tail attack and headbutt can safely be absorbed with a shield, so long as you have stamina, it won’t drain your health Phase 1: Stay behind Bayle The safest place to hit Bayle is from the back. This is especially true if you can get a summon on the field to distract it. Do your best to get behind Bayle and start whacking it for Frost build-up. Striking from this position will also give you plenty of room to dodge the downward fire breath attack. For all of its other attacks, you simply need to dodge at the last second. Once it fires red lightning, just roll repeatedly in any direction to avoid harm. Summons don’t work straight away. If you try and use a summon as soon as you enter Bayle’s boss chamber, your character will pull a confused expression. You have to wait a few seconds before the game catches up, before you can summon. Naturally, this gives Bayle a chance to roast you with its breath. The bottom of Bayle’s tail isn’t modeled properly. You can just walk through Bayle’s tail. This can actually work to your advantage, as being able to run through Bayle’s tail lets you get behind it quicker, which is the optimal stabbing position. Bayle’s fire attacks have inconsistent visuals for their AoE. This is especially noticeable in its breath attack that goes in a straight line. You just have to dodge at the last possible second and hope for the best. For Bayle’s downward fire breath, as soon as you see the fire coming down, immediately start running or dodge rolling in a direction away from the center of the blast. If you’re lucky, you’ll avoid the damage. If you’ve started an attack, you’re going to get hit. If you’re low on stamina, you’re going to get hit. If part of its body is in the way, you’re going to get hit. And even if you do everything perfectly, sometimes it will just hit you. Phase 2: Magma and flame attacks Once you’ve worn Bayle down, it will enter its second phase by stopping in its tracks, as lava and lightning build up around it. If you want to avoid damage, run directly away from Bayle the second it enters this phase. However, if you have the health and potions to spare, you can use this opportunity to strike Bayle when it’s frozen to pile on some extra damage. Bayle will then jump into the air, creating a chain of fireballs that will shoot at you. You safely panic roll through these. But be ready to dodge when Bayle descends, and to dodge again if you’re close, as magma will spew from the ground. (For the fireballs, the game sometimes glitches out and they won’t drop.) In the second phase, most of its attack chains will last long, as it will spew magma and flame after most of its attacks. This means you have to be ready to double-dodge after attacks. As with the first phase, prioritize getting behind Bayle and dodging as much as possible. This is one of the hardest bosses in Shadow of the Erdtree and it’s pretty glitchy, so just be persistent, and you’ll eventually pull a Gandalf and smote its ruin on the mountainside. NPC allies You can get an NPC summon to offer you some basic help in the Bayle battle. On the way to the Jagged Peaks, after slaying the two battling dragons, you’ll pass a wounded NPC named Igon, who’ll call out to you after both dragons are dead Talk to him and he’ll give you his finger and advise you to summon him in battle against Bayle. You can also learn more about his and Bayle’s stories by speaking to the Dragon Priestess at the NPC Grand Alter of Dragon Communion. After you defeat Ancient Dragon Sesserax, you will ascend the Jagged Peaks to meet Bayle. On the way, you’ll find two Jagged Peak Drakes fighting each other. You can wait for them to whittle each other down before running in to finish them off. You only need to kill one Jagged Peak Drake to unlock Igon’s help. Once you’ve beaten them, he will appear on the path leading further up. Speak to him, and he’ll give you his finger, allowing you to summon him near the entrance of Bayle’s arena. Unfortunately, Peter, Ray, and Winston aren’t around as well. Bayle the Dread rewards When you defeat Bayle the Dread, you’ll earn: 490,000 Runes – Heart of Bayle – The Heart of Bayle can be traded at the Grand Altar of Dragon Communion for Bayle’s Flame Lightning or Bayle’s Tyranny. Bayle the Dread weaknesses Despite being very strong, Bayle the Dread does have a couple of notable ailment and status weaknesses: Frost – Scarlet Rot – Unfortunately, Bayle is resistant to Bleed builds. With Bleeds arguably the most effective damage type in the game overall, you may need to look for an alternative here. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands. If you’re looking to track down a specific boss, we’ve also got you covered with our full list of all of their locations.

How to beat Ancient Dragon Senessax in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree FromSoftwareThe Shadow Realm in Elden Ring’s DLC is home to several nasty wyrms, with Ancient Dragon Senessax among the strongest. Here’s how to slay this wicked beast in its own lair. Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC is aimed at high-level play. As such, you have to expect the biggest and nastiest monsters FromSoftware has ever devised. Ancient Dragon Senessax is certainly one of the largest foes in the game, which presents a lot of problems for the player. Ancient Dragon Senessax is an optional boss, so you don’t need to fight it to complete the DLC. However, it drops a lot of Runes and some useful items, so it’s worth hunting this dragon down. Ancient Dragon Senessax Location To find Ancient Dragon Senessax, you must make your way to the Pillar Path Waypoint Site of Grace. From there, you’ll hear pained crying. Follow this path around until you reach the Dragon’s Pit. Go through this dungeon until you reach Dragon’s Pit Terminus. Follow the path through the mountains, and you’ll eventually reach a slumbering white dragon in the distance. This is Ancient Dragon Senessax, and once you approach it, the battle will begin. How to beat Ancient Dragon Senessax Once Ancient Dragon Senessax enters your sight, you can summon a spirit. The wyrm will sleep during this process, so long as you don’t approach it. This means you can summon a mimic, heal up, and apply whatever buffs you possess. You can use Torrent during the Ancient Dragon Senessax fight. Torrent helps cover the distance at the start of the fight, but Ancient Dragon Senessax’s speed means the poor horse won’t last long. Phase 1: Conquer the Ancient Dragon head-on The most important thing to note about Ancient Dragon Senessax is that it’s a high-mobility boss. This, coupled with its size, means that the camera is your worst enemy in this fight. Don’t be afraid to unlock when you get within striking range, otherwise, your attacks could miss. Another important point is that, unlike other DLC bosses, like Messmer the Impaler, it has no second phase. The battle remains constant throughout, so don’t worry about any surprise buffs when you drop it to 50% health. Ancient Dragon Senessax uses its mighty claws to strike you, but what’s worse is that most of its attacks have an AoE effect that strikes the area all around the wyrm after the initial hit. As such, you need to master dodging its initial hit and then the shockwave that comes after. This is fairly easy to master, so long as you don’t panic roll. Just bear in mind that it usually performs 2-4 strikes in a row. In terms of moves, Ancient Dragon Senessax will strike the ground several times. All you need to do is dodge the first hit by sight and get ready to dodge away from the sound of the second one. As befitting a dragon, Senessax can breathe fire. This helps you a great deal. When the boss does this, immediately dash towards its tail and start whacking. Not only will you get in lots of hits, but you’ll be out of reach of the flames while it’s locked in the animation. Ancient Dragon Senessax has two flying attacks, one where it dives and one where it breathes fire. In both instances, run at the boss! If it’s the dive attack, then they’ll overshoot it, and if it’s the fire, you’ll be keeping out of the AoE and will be on them when they land. It can also do a tail swipe and create a spear of energy that it flings at the ground. These attacks pack a punch but are well-telegraphed and easy to dodge. In terms of targets, the hind legs and the base of the tail are the best parts to hit. The head is too high to strike and the front legs are commonly used for attacks. Meanwhile, the hind legs tend to stay stationary, so you can get lots of hits in before it starts to counter. Ancient Dragon Senessax can also beat its wings to create a gust of wind. Luckily, this will only knock you down and won’t hurt you. In fact, if you jump during the first hit, you can dodge roll out of the last blast for a free attack or a heal. As is the case with all Shadow of the Erdtree DLC bosses, this boss is highly aggressive, extremely mobile, and will punish you if you try to heal at an unsafe time. It’s actually one of the easier ones, as its size means you have plenty of spots to hit it. Once you master dodging its punch>AoE attack, then you’ll have worked out 90% of Ancient Dragon Senessax’s arsenal. The rest will fall into place. NPC allies There are no specific NPC allies that can be summoned for this fight. You are still able to use Spirit Ashes with Mimic Tear and Black Knife Tiche being the best options here. Ancient Dragon Sennesax rewards Once you’ve defeated Ancient Dragon Senessax, you’ll earn: 200,000 Runes – Ancient Dragon Smithing Stone – Somber Dragon Smithing Stone – Ancient Dragon Sennesax weaknesses Ancient Dragon Sennesax has the following strengths and weaknesses: Bleed – Stacking up Bleeds is your best bet in this fight, particularly considering the awkward nature of actually landing strikes consistently. Unfortunately, this majestic wyrm isn’t the only foe awaiting you in Jagged Peaks. Further along the path, you’ll face Bayle the Dread. Check out our Bayle guide for more information on taking out this dragon. Jumping into Shadow of the Erdtree? Check out what we thought of the expansion after spending many hours exploring the Shadow Lands. If you’re struggling to find a specific foe, we’ve got every Shadow of the Erdtree boss’ location in one handy list.

How many people play Elden Ring? Player count after huge sales FromSoftwareElden Ring has rapidly become one of 2022’s biggest games, but how many players are actually battling the Lands Between? We’ve collected the Elden Ring player count data right here. From Software’s latest pain-inflicting release has gone down a storm among both die-hard Souls fans and newcomers to the genre. Elden Ring has earned itself glowing reviews across the board, including an exceptional score from Dexerto. In fact, the response has been so positive that publisher Bandai Namco handed devs a pay rise as a reward. But just how many players are tackling Elden Ring? Don’t worry, Tarnished, we’ve gathered up the data to find out how many people are jumping into the Lands Between. Contents Elden Ring Steam player count Unfortunately, when it comes to player counts, there is no way of finding out exactly how many people are playing a game across all platforms at any given time. However, we can use Steam Charts, which gives accurate figures for Steam players. According to Steam Charts, as of June 7, 2022, Elden Ring has an average of 77,048 players on PC. Although, the player count peaked at 952,523 in March. Read More: How to beat Fire Giant in Elden Ring – Of course, these numbers only reveal the players that are currently enjoying the game on PC and don’t shed any light on the console player base. FromSoftware are yet to reveal exact sales of Elden Ring, but there is some data available that can help us. Elden Ring sales According to stats from Bandai Namco, Elden Ring’s notched up 13.4 million sales as of March 31, outperforming the launch of Cyberpunk 2077. Thanks to stats from GamesIndustry.biz we also know that out of all of the copies bought, 41% were on PlayStation, 29% were on Xbox, and 30% were on PC. Read More: Does Elden Ring have New Game Plus? – This means there are well over nine-million players who own Elden Ring on console, on top of at least four million who have PC versions. However, the game will likely see a surge in sales throughout the year, particularly over the holiday period, so there are plenty more copies to be sold. Elden Ring’s player data is constantly changing, so we’ll be sure to update this date with the latest figures as and when they are available. For more on Elden Ring, check out some of our other guides to help you on your journey: Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head | Elden Ring Soldier of Godrick | Elden Ring Godrick the Grafted | Elden Ring Red Wolf of Redagon | Elden Ring Rennala | Elden Ring Flying Dragon Agheel | Elden Ring horse guide | How to beat Radahn | How to Beat Godfrey |

How many copies has Elden Ring sold? Total sales, timeline, more FromSoftwareEver wondered how many copies of Elden Ring have been sold? Well, here is all you need to know of its total sales to date, a timeline of earlier milestones, and more. It seems FromSoftware can’t miss. Their latest release, Elden Ring, felt like the pinnacle of the genre of souls-likes, the genre the studio pioneered. And throughout the years, they seem to have constantly released games that would go on to shape the industry. And the Game of the Year for 2022 is not only a fantastic title, it is also one of FromSoftware’s and Bandai Namco’s best-selling games of all time. So here is all you need to know about how many copies Elden Ring has sold so far. How many copies has Elden Ring sold so far? As of February 2023, Bandai Namco announced Elden Ring has sold more than 20 million units worldwide. However, this figure does not include any additional sales relating to upcoming DLC, Shadow of the Erdtree. Purely just the base game itself. It’s yet unclear if accompanying figures for the DLC will be provided, or just bundled together with the full release. This overall figure means it is on record as the fourth best-selling game in Bandai Namco history. Only being beaten by two different Tamagotchi games at third and second, and Pac-Man at the top. A timeline of Elden Ring’s total sales The hype leading up to Elden Ring’s release was immense. It was not only seen as FromSoftware’s definitive statement on the souls-like genre, but it was also seen as what was clearly the studio’s biggest effort to date. And the hype led to the game beating sales records for the publisher in no time at all. Barely a month into its release, on March 14, 2022, Bandai Namco announced the game sold 12 million units worldwide already, with one million units alone sold in Japan. Later, by the end of March 2022, barely five weeks into its release, it had sold a whopping 13.4 million copies all up. Later into June 2022, in a financial presentation by the publisher, they announced the game had sold 16 million copies at that point in time. The next figure we would get is in February 2023, when they announced the game had sold 20 million copies. Obviously, the sales have slowed over time, but it is still an amazing achievement. Despite not being Bandai Namco’s best-selling of all time, Elden Ring has definitively cinched the fastest-selling game in the publisher’s history.

How many bosses are in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree? FromSoft teases DLC fights FromSoftwareWith Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree expansion finally drawing near, just how many new bosses can we Tarnished expect to face? Here’s what we know a few months ahead of release. When Elden Ring hit store shelves in 2022, it quickly became a cultural phenomenon unlike any previous FromSoft release. While their games had always been popular, Elden Ring broke through to the masses and sold over 20 million copies in its first year. And while The Lands Between houses hundreds of hours of challenges, storytelling opportunities, and secrets to uncover, many have long been looking to what’s coming next. Elden Ring DLC was confirmed in 2023, and now, we finally have an idea of what to expect from the Shadow of the Erdrtree expansion. So when the new content arrives, just how many bosses can players expect to contend with? Here’s what we know. How many bosses are in Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree? While an exact number hasn’t been confirmed, FromSoft’s Hidetaka Miyazaki teased “there will be over 10 new boss fights” in Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree expansion. However, in typical FromSoft fashion, this is very likely underselling it. Described as the company’s “biggest expansion ever” in conversation with Eurogamer, it’s safe to expect far more than just 10 boss fights throughout the DLC. Naturally, some may be reskins or alternate versions of one particular boss, perhaps even having to fight two of them at once, as we’ve seen plenty of times before. But in terms of actual new boss designs with fresh attack patterns to master, we know we’ll be seeing at least in the double digits. The reveal trailer alone gave us a first look at many of these new faces, including big bad Messmer the Impaler. A figure so ominous he even gets his own statue in the physical collector’s edition. Devs have even teased some ‘optional’ bosses on the same level of difficulty as Malenia. So we’re certainly in for a difficult run through the expansion. Rest assured, we’re sure to learn plenty more about the Elden Ring expansion in the coming months. So we’ll keep you up to speed with all the latest boss details here as we approach Shadow of the Erdtree’s June 21 release.

How many bosses are in Elden Ring? Main, world & sub-bosses explained FromSoftwareElden Ring features a massive array of battles to take on – and that’s without even considering Shadow of the Erdtree bosses – from main foes to challenging optional fights you can discover in the open world but exactly how many bosses are in the FromSoftware title? We’ve got the answer right here. As you explore The Lands Between in Elden Ring, boss fights are a big part of the experience as they can net you a lot of Runes, and most importantly it’s extremely satisfying to finally take down enemies that you’ve spent hours trying to defeat. Each boss in the game has a well-thought-out story to tell, most involving some tragedy as to why they have become what they are. So, here’s a rundown of every boss you can find in Elden Ring, including the order of the main fights, and all of their locations. How many bosses are in Elden Ring? There are a total of 238 bosses in Elden Ring. However, most of these are mini-dungeon bosses, bosses patrolling the open world, or repeats of major bosses. So, you’ll likely find yourself fighting many of the same foes more than once, just under different circumstances. While this may sound repetitive, the nature of these fights often changes, with some being fought in dungeons, out in the world, or involving your horse the second time around, which shifts the dynamic greatly. For example, you’ll fight the Red Wolf of Radagon the first time around in a mandatory Legacy Dungeon – where you’re not allowed to use your horse. But you’ll fight variants of that boss again later where he’s surrounded by a wolf pack, where you’ll have access to your horse which will make this fight much faster paced than the first. Elden Ring bosses in order Here’s a list of every main story boss you need to fight to progress in the story in Elden Ring. If a boss is repeated later, we’ve also made that clear. Margit the Fell Omen (Repeated) – Godrick the Grafted (Repeated) – Red Wolf of Radagon (Repeated) – Rennala, Queen of the Full Moon – Rykard, Lord of Blasphemy – Starscourge Radahn – Godfrey, First Elden Lord – Morgott, the Omen King – Fire Giant – Godskin Duo (Repeated) – Maliketh, the Black Blade – Sir Gideon Ofnir, the All-Knowing – Hoarah Loux / Godfrey, First Elden Lord – Radagon of the Golden Order / Elden Beast – There are also other important story bosses, these aren’t mandatory but will become so if you take a certain path. These are: Leonine Misbegotten – Ancestor Spirit – Magma Wyrm Makar – Mimic Tear – Royal Knight Loretta – Regal Ancestor Spirit – Dragonkin Soldier of Nokstella – Valiant Gargoyles – Astel, Naturalborn of the Void – Godskin Noble – Blaidd – Dung Eater – Baleful Shadow – Elemer of the Briar – Ensha – Mohg, the Omen – Commander O’Neal – Commander Niall – Dragonlord Placidusax – Lichdragon Fortissax – Mohg, Lord of Blood – Millicent’s Sisters – Tree Sentinel – Draconic Tree Sentinel – Patches, The Untethered – Beast Clergyman – Fia’s Champions – All bosses by location Below you can find information about every boss in Elden Ring based on their locations, and we’ve also provided links to any individual boss guides we’ve got if you need a hand defeating them. As well as the bosses we’ve already listed, sub-bosses are detailed below. While these aren’t considered ‘main bosses’ in the game, they’re still just as challenging (sometimes more so) than the others. Each of these is a sub or mini-boss, located out in the world, at the end of a dungeon or side quest. Bear in mind that some of these bosses may also be repeated per region: Roundtable Hold Limgrave / Weeping Peninsula Liurnia of the Lakes Caelid / Dragonbarrow Altus Plateau / Leyndell / Captial Outskirts Mt. Gelmir / Underground Mountaintops of the Giants / Consecrated Snowfield / Forbidden Lands Crumbling Farum Azula Miquella’s Haligtree Some of these bosses are reskins are others, but don’t take any lightly, some are endgame versions of bosses you may have defeated earlier. Also, some are separate characters who share the same animations, and character models as others. For example, Godefroy shares Godrick the Grafted’s moves and models but is technically one of his ancestors – and just as despicable. The good news is he doesn’t have a second stage, unlike Godrick. Hopefully, this list of bosses in Elden Ring helps you on your journey as you unlock various weapons and experiment with different builds. If you’re getting ready for Shadow of the Erdtree, check out all the new weapon types, and how much time you can expect to spend in the expansion.

How long is the Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree DLC? FromSoftwareElden Ring was an absolutely massive game with playthroughs that could take more than 80 hours. So, how long is Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC? Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC has finally arrived and early reviews have proven beyond any doubt that this is a must-play expansion. As with the base game, Elden Ring’s DLC has a plethora of content to discover from the eight new weapon types to a new suite of Crystal Tears. All of this goes towards optimizing your build so you can follow in the footsteps of Miquella without being pummeled by the difficult new enemies and bosses. Of course, with all of this new content, it begs a particular question. Just how long is Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Ertree DLC? Well, following our own review, we have an answer, as well as some estimates for a more thorough playthrough. Hidetaka Miyazaki himself said that Shadow of the Erdtree takes place in an area “comparable, if not larger, than the area of Limgrave from the base game”. We know now that was a big fat lie and he has greatly undersold the scope of this DLC in that IGN interview. The Land of Shadow is separate from the wider Lands Between and has its own distinct map. Not only is the area in which the Shadow of the Erdtree DLC takes place far bigger than Limgrave, it’s also far more densely packed. It’s as if someone has stacked multiple instances of Limgrave on top of one another. This translates to a pretty hefty playtime, even if you’re just rushing the main story and not paying attention to everything else on offer. How long is Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree’s main story? If you are efficient and a skilled enough player, beelining through Shadow of the Erdtree’s core plot should take somewhere between 15-20 hours. This will depend on a number of variables including your build, how much you struggle with particular bosses, and what minor detours you take. Even hunting down the Scadutree Fragments from Miquella’s Crosses to increase your own effectiveness can be a time-consuming task. And that’s only one of the many things that could sidetrack even the most focused players. How long is a completionist playthrough of Shadow of the Erdtree? If you were to go out of your way to approach every new NPC in Shadow of the Erdtree, follow their questlines, and slay the optional bosses along the way, your playthrough could last anywhere between 40 to 60 hours. Tracking down every new set of armor, and item could take you closer to the base game’s 80-hour length. There is an absolute mountain of content in Shadow of the Erdtree and it gives the same sense of wonder and discovery as Elden Ring did initially in 2022. Even we haven’t discovered everything it has to offer and our dedicated reviewers have been playing non-stop for weeks. Hopefully, this gives you some idea of what to expect when you set out on your adventure in the Land of Shadows. Perhaps it’s not a definitive answer to exactly how long Elden Ring’s Shadow of the Erdtree DLC is but our estimates are similar to many who have taken the journey. If you’re looking to cut your time down in Shadow of the Erdtree for whatever reason, we might be able to help overcome some early hurdles. Check out our guides on how to beat Divine Beast, Dancing Lion, and Rellana, Twin Moon Knight.

How long is Elden Ring? Main story length, completionist run & more FromSoftwareElden Ring is an outstanding game with a vast map filled with quests, weapons, beasts, and bosses to undercover. Due to how detailed and extensive its lore is, you might be wondering how long it’ll take for you to go through it, so here are all the details you need before stepping into The Lands Between. As an expansive game, Elden Ring is teeming with lethal foes, colossal bosses, and concealed mysteries. Navigating through The Lands Between in its entirety is an enormous undertaking that requires a substantial time commitment. While it doesn’t matter how long it takes you to complete FromSoftware’s latest title, it’s always nice to see how much time you’ll need to commit. Whether you’re a hardcore Soulsborne fan who wants to speedrun the main story or a keen adventurer who wishes to explore the entire map, our playthrough hub has you covered. How long is Elden Ring? A single playthrough of Elden Ring takes an average of 44 hours. However, this is only the time needed to complete the game’s main story. Those who wish to explore The Lands Between and complete the various side quests and optional bosses can expect to spend around 70 hours. Of course, these times will vary depending on individual skill and overall exploration time. This also doesn’t take into account multiplayer aspects of the game, so if you enjoy invading and playing co-op, then you can expect to pump even more hours into Elden Ring. At the 2022 Taipei Game Show, Yasuhiro Kitao of FromSoftware noted that an average playthrough will take around 30 hours. “The idea is that the main route should be able to be completed within around 30 hours,” explained Kitao. “There are dozens more hours worth of gameplay,” but he noted that 30 hours is roughly the playtime for the main story. As players get used to the various mechanics and find the best Elden Ring weapons, classes, and armor – we expect speedruns to begin smashing these times. For more Elden Ring content, check out some of our other guides: How to change your appearance in Elden Ring | How to respec your character | Academy Glintstone Key | Smithing Stones | Elden Ring Stonedigger Troll | Elden Ring Margit the Fell Omen | Elden Ring Tree Sentinel | Elden Ring Grave Warden | Elden Ring Pumpkin Head

How good is Kai Cenat at Elden Ring? FromSoftware / Kai CenatKai Cenat made it his mission to conquer the Elden Ring DLC, but did the streamer “Git Gud” or did he just get lucky? Kai Cenat is one of gaming’s biggest YouTube personalities, tackling some of the most popular releases while his legion of followers joins him on each journey. After Elden Ring Shadow of the Erdtree dropped, the streamer dedicated himself to completing it, something he eventually managed to achieve – but it was a bumpy ride, to say the least. Let it never be said that Kai Cenat lacks persistence and tenacity, as, after nearly 100 hours and 1070 deaths, Cenat has earned the title of Elden Lord. However, the expansion’s final boss caused him considerable frustration, with Cenat even needing to take time out to speak to a mental health professional before returning to the battlefield. The question remains, though: how good is Kai Cenat at Elden Ring? The hardest boss ever? To truly understand the scale of this challenge, you need to know that Cenat took on the last boss 31 hours and 30 minutes into his playthrough, with 389 deaths under his belt. By the time he emerged victorious, Cenat had reached over 99 hours and 6 minutes of playtime, with his death count now standing at a whopping 1070. This means that the final boss alone took Kai Cenat over 68 hours to complete, during which time he was killed 681 times. Even by Elden Ring and other Souls game standards, this is a ridiculous amount of time and deaths just for one boss. It also creates some interesting questions that we’ll aim to answer below. The first is whether Kai Cenat is good at Elden Ring, and what about the final boss caused him to struggle so much? Credit where credit is due, though, the streamer eventually overcame the troublesome boss and has more than earned his stripes. So, with that in mind, let’s look at Cenat’s build, gear, and strategy to find our answer. Also, how did he fare with earlier tough bosses, and how did his playstyle evolve and adapt in this notoriously difficult game? This way, we can determine if Kai Cenat is any good at Elden Ring. Kai Cenat vs. The Dancing Lion When Cenat arrived at the Divine Beast Dancing Lion, the first major boss of the DLC, he only had eight deaths and just 2 hours and 44 minutes of playtime. By the time he slew the lumbering beast, he’d have 43 deaths and clocked in at 4 hours and 20 minutes of game time. 35 deaths to a boss is on the high side. It’s normal for seasoned Souls players to die a few times when fighting a new boss as they learn their move sets and weaknesses. But generally, the Dancing Lion isn’t considered too difficult – at least, compared to other Shadow of the Erdtree bosses. In Cenat’s defense, he is what many players would consider under-leveled for the DLC. Going into the Dancing Lion fight at level 157, he was always going to face an uphill battle. In terms of build, it’s clear that Cenat knows how deadly a bleed build can be in the right hands, but unfortunately, these don’t appear to be his. Cenat is rocking the Rivers of Blood katana along with the Nagakiba, which has been upgraded to hemorrhage, two favorites of bleed-build players. He’s also wearing the Bloody Surgeon’s Mask, which increases damage once an enemy is bleeding. Nice setup so far. Due to his screen positioning, it’s hard to see what Talismans he’s using, although the two we can see are defensive in nature. That’s certainly not going to be a bad thing, but for him to maximize his build potential, he needs to equip Mohg’s Talisman and the Rotten Winged Insignia. This way, the damage he does when enemies bleed will be increased even further. He’ll be a glass canon of sorts, but his defensive Talismans will help with that, as will the right armor set. Unfortunately, Cenat also kept removing his armor to remain “light”. What he didn’t realize is that he can still move nimbly with his armor on – and benefit from its protection. After his first death, Cenat chose to remove his armor to increase his maneuverability, exclaiming, “Time to get those buttcheeks out.” However, all this really did was reduce his defense, making him much more prone to his next 42 deaths. At this early stage of the Shadow of the Erdtree, Cenat hasn’t collected many of the Scadutree Fragments. These items are how you level up in the DLC. Chances are, he’ll have many more by the time he faces Messmer the Impaler, but if not, he’s going to struggle – no matter how “gud” he “gits”. In terms of battling the Dancing Lion boss, though, Cenat does a good job of learning its moves and adapting during the fight. His problem is he’s not utilizing his build correctly and is woefully unprepared for what’s to come. Kai Cenat vs. Messmer the Impaler By the time Cenat gets to Messmer the Impaler, he’s halfway through the Elden Ring DLC but still has not realized he should wear some armor to increase his defense. The butcheeks, at least for now, remain out. His first interaction with Messmer lasts mere seconds, and Cenat goes on to die another 177 times to this boss. While Messmer is intended to be difficult, 177 deaths aren’t just on the high side (even for a Souls game), again, it’s patently ridiculous. We grew fond of Cenat while watching his stream on YouTube and started rooting for him, his charisma is contagious, but we have to face facts, when it comes to Elden Ring, he’s doing a lot wrong. While he’s picked up some Scadutree Fragments, it’s unclear if Cenat has used them. At this stage, he really needs to leave Messmer alone, go explore, and come back when he’s more powerful. If we’re being completely honest, he probably should spend more time upgrading his character in the base game, too. Alas, he chose not to do this and instead threw himself at this wall of fire and snakes for another six hours. While this isn’t the best strategy, at least in terms of time or preparation, Cenat eventually prevails. Once again, his prowess in battling the boss and his own extraordinary tenacity helped him win the day. Or possibly the day after. It’s starting to become clear that while Kai Cenat is great at some aspects of Elden Ring; he seems oblivious to others. Kai Cenat vs The Final Boss Here’s where things get crazy. First, we’ve not put the name of the boss to help players avoid spoilers, but this is when Kai Cenat’s Shadow of the Erdtree stream really caught the world’s attention. To recap, Cenat enters the final boss gate at 31 hours of playtime, and with 389 deaths under his belt. He’d emerge victorious 68 hours later after earning another 681 deaths, bringing his total death count to 1070 with a playtime of over 99 hours. That. Is. Bananas. It’s worth pointing out that Cenat also went for a therapy session while playing to help him get into the right headspace for this challenging boss. So, what happened? The good news is that Cenat has finally put some armor (and pants) on his character, so is much more equipped to tackle powerful bosses – and keep his butcheeks untarnished. However, he did remove them again at one point, before opting for heavier armor to help keep him alive. By this time, Cenat had used more Scadutree Fragments, but he was still woefully under-prepared for the DLC, in both base game level and in terms of DLC blessings. He also didn’t use spirit summons, which is likely a personal choice, but using the tools the game provides for you is perfectly acceptable. He initially kept his bleed build, a good choice for the final boss who’s vulnerable to this status aliment, but switched out to strength weapons halfway through his attempts. This made his life harder for a while, but Cenat eventually developed a nice flow using this big bashing weapon and found it easier to get in some solid hits. His build was, generally, set up to favor using Dexterity and bleed weapons, but he had enough strength to make it work. If, however, had he gone all in on bleed, or completed a respec to focus on strength, the battle would have gone much smoother – and likely not taken him 68 hours. Is Kai Cenat good at Elden Ring? Kai Cenat is a strange case when it comes to assessing his ability to play Elden Ring. In terms of persistence, Cenat has an almost superhuman ability to get figuratively kicked into the dirt hundreds of times, dust himself off, and try again. This is an admirable trait and a great attitude to have in life, especially when playing Souls games, but with a little bit more thought and preparation, Cenat could have made his life much easier. It is nothing short of a miracle that he prevailed. It wasn’t all just luck, though, or Cenat playing the laws of probability. The streamer genuinely developed a true understanding of the enemy he was dealing with by the end. Still, he never took the time to give the overall expansion and his own character this level of attention. Many of the hours he spent getting killed by this boss could have been spent exploring the world and leveling his character. However, we can’t help thinking that more than a few of his deaths and the outbursts of rage that followed were deliberate – he has an audience to entertain, after all. Also, where’s the triumph without the adversity that preceded it? Some of Cenat’s apparent ineptitude at times was likely performative, as was his reaction to dying so much, therein lies the fun. Sure, we wanted to see him succeed, but there’s a reason the underdog story is the most endearing form of a hero’s journey. However, some more preparation and exploration would have allowed him to see much more of what the expansion has to offer and greatly reduced the time he spent getting stuck on bosses. What Cenat needed to do was to engage more with the game’s mechanics, take some of the energy he applied to persistence, and channel it into strategy instead. Cenat’s skill at playing Elden Ring, and by that we mean his ability in battle, should never be questioned. He’s excellent at this aspect of the game and has probably had more practice than anyone by now. However, Elden Ring isn’t a hack-and-slash game; there are a lot of moving parts, and Cenat showed little aptitude for them or interest in examining them. It’s hard to say that someone who takes 68 hours to beat one boss is good at Elden Ring, but if Cenat had done more than race through the story, then he may be a challenger for Let Me Solo Her‘s crown.

How Elden Ring is changing the perception of the SoulsBorne community From SoftwareElden Ring has seen a surge of new players jump into FromSoftware’s latest brutal adventure. How has the Dark Souls community reacted to this influx? Dark Souls fans, or “SoulsBorne” players in general, have long held a reputation for being a rather gruff and unwelcoming group of gamers. Comments from newcomers about the difficulty of Souls games have often been met with misspelled statements like “Git Gud” or similar advice. The release of Elden Ring has catapulted developer FromSoftware and publisher Bandai Namco into the spotlight, and the title is already a contender for Game of the Year. This has led to more people playing Elden Ring than would normally experience a Souls game, meaning lots of players are about to discover how punishing a FromSoft game can be. Understanding the Souls community To understand why the SoulsBorne community has the reputation they have, it’s important to look at why they love the Souls games so much. For many, this has been a long journey, and it honestly goes so much deeper than a typical gaming fandom. Those only just discovering FromSoftware’s games with Elden Ring may not fully appreciate this yet, but we’ll get you up to speed. Many members of the Souls community have been around from the beginning, since either Demon’s Souls in 2009 or Dark Souls in 2011. The original Demon’s Souls crowd will be even more committed in many ways, as the game developed a cult following and wasn’t initially viewed as a success by Sony. This is what led to the sequel being canceled, then revived as a spiritual successor by another publisher. While Dark Souls received considerably more attention than Demon’s Souls upon release, it was still word of mouth, online chatter, and games journalism that told the world about the series, allowing it to blossom into a cult hit. The appeal of SoulsGames The SoulsBorne games manage to deliver a feeling of nostalgia. Videogames used to be difficult, be it due to tech limitations or design, games used to be objectively harder. The Souls games, including Elden Ring, often feel like a throwback to an earlier era in gaming, when games made us work for our enjoyment. It was in overcoming this challenge that our addiction to them started. It was in figuring out solutions to problems without the aid of the internet or simply becoming skillful. If we wanted to progress, we needed to get better. We needed to get good. Read More: How to survive an invasion in Elden Ring – “Git gud” can be an arrogant, dismissive, and frustrating piece of advice, but that doesn’t stop it from being true — it’s what all Souls players did. While there will be a contingent who are gatekeeping, and don’t want their community to grow, this doesn’t reflect most Souls players. What’s happening with Elden Ring is proof of this. A community rekindled A quick glance on the Elden Ring Reddit, or across multiple social media groups will show you that Souls fans are helping newcomers through The Lands Between. Sometimes that’s with sage advice, others it’s with ways to overcome a particularly tough boss encounter. Other times the assistance is more hands-on, with offers of co-op sessions to help players takedown early bosses. A lot of that enjoyment comes from Elden Ring’s open-ended structure — a player can just as easily stumble upon the next “story boss” as they can get lost and return with a completely different loadout or set of items and skills. It’s a game the community will be piecing together for years. Read More: Should you trust Gostoc in Elden Ring? – It’s less about “do this”, and more about “why not try heading here” with even more experienced players regaling newcomers of their times being slain by Margit’s magic hammer or being burned to a crisp by a dragon. Facebook especially has numerous groups committed to what the community calls “Jolly Co-op.” Here, any member of the group can ask for help from more experienced players. Often, within minutes, someone has answered the call and two strangers will be working together to beat a boss or explore a new area. Praise the fun These groups exist for all three Dark Souls games, Demon’s Souls, Bloodborne, and now Elden Ring. As Elden Ring is FromSoftware’s most ambitious title to date, it has attracted a legion of new players. Many of them have never played a Souls game before and are finding the learning curve to be especially steep. However, the support they’re receiving from veteran Souls players is overwhelming and is amazing to see. Long-time fans of the Souls games have stepped up and are helping new players learn the ropes and understand what these games are about. What’s clear is that the community never deserved their reputation, and through Elden Ring, will likely leave it behind. Read More: Elden Ring review – With the release of Elden Ring and all the mysteries that exist in The Lands Between, it looks like the SoulsBorne community will continue to grow exponentially over the coming months. We may end up calling it the EldenSoulsBorne community or something else, but new players need to know that they are welcome, and support is available. In truth, it always was, you just needed to know where to look. With Elden Ring, the remake of Demon’s Souls on PS5, Bloodborne, and the remasters of the Dark Souls games, now is the perfect time to get involved. Praise the Sun, FromSoftware, and each other.